GC_2010_UK_Chap7

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Contents

Cooling

655

Refrigerators 655 + Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers 659 + Cryogenic boxes, racks 664 + Insulated containers 673

Temperature regulators

679

Thermostats, cryostats 679

Heating Water baths 704 + Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chamb 726 + Incubators 747 + Ovens, Furnaces 761 + Hotplates 766 + Block thermostats 773 + Temperature controllers, thermostats 781 + Incubation hoods 784 + Heating tapes 788

654

704

100°

90°

80°

70°

60°

50°

40°

30°

We combine quality with environmental awareness!

20°

10°

www.memmert.com Memmert GmbH + Co. KG P.O. Box 1720 D-91107 Schwabach Tel. +49 (0) 9122 / 925 - 0 Fax +49 (0) 9122 / 145 85 E-Mail: sales@memmert.com

A 100%-controlled atmosphere in our Peltier appliances guarantees the highest accuracy and precision. In addition the cooling technology, dispensing with compressors, reduces energy consumption to a considerable degree, and thus CO2 emission as well. Our Peltier family: HPP constant climate chambers, IPP incubators and CDP cooling device for waterbaths.

A top performance from the experts for controlled atmosphere.

Energy-efficient and climate-friendly. For a sustainable future.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Refrigerators 2

1

3

1 2 3 Laboratory refrigerators Versions LKPv and LGPv The Profi electronic control system includes text display and integral real-time clock meets the highest requirements. It is Liebherr equipped with a volt-free contact for connection to a remote warning system, an infrared interface and an RS485 serial interface, enabling networking with central monitoring systems.

The interior temperature can be set to 1/10째C accuracy and is indicated accordingly in the display.

- dynamic cooling - precision electronic control with alphanumeric info display and real time displayed - one cooling programme is preset - with wheels, two with brakes - insulated glass doors with interior lighting - plastic coated shelves - a high performance 12V battery automatically cuts in if power fails and allows the appliance to monitor and register the interior temperature continuously for up to 72 hours.

- the compressor compartment panel can be raised for cleaning or servicing purposes.

- the Profi electronic defrosts the cabinet automatically only when required, thus saving energy - the defrost cycle is very short and as a result, the temperature in the interior remains almost constant.

Type

LKPv 1422 LKPv 6522 LKPv 1420 LKPv 6520 LGPv 1420 LGPv 6520

656

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 1427 1430x830x2150 601 700x830x2150 1427 1430x830x2150 601 700x830x2150 1427 1430x830x2150 601 700x830x2150

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 1263x650x1550 533x650x1550 1263x650x1550 533x650x1550 1263x650x1550 533x650x1550

Energy consumption

Temp. range

kWh (24h) 5 3.8 3.4 2.3 9.7 4.9

째C 0 to +16 0 to +16 -2 to +16 -2 to +16 -10 to -26 -10 to -35

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

689 687 688 686 693 692

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Refrigerators 1 2 Laboratory refrigerators type LKv and LKUv The new Mediline laboratory refrigerators with Comfort controller provide maximum Liebherr storage space on a 600mm footprint. The underbench models are 820mm high and will fit almost any site.These appliances meet the exacting demands made of laboratory appliances. The product range offers two upright and two underbench laboratory refrigerators, in each version with glass door or solid door versions.

The temperature can be set from +3°C to +8°C. The forced-air cooling system in conjunction with the accurate electronic controller system ensures high temperature consistency and equal temperature acorss the interior.

1

-

comfort electronic controller with an accuracy of 1/10°C. safety features enable a variety of alarm functions for connection to an external alarm system hygienic interior liner the appliances have a volt-free contact and an RS485 serial bus interface for central temperature monitoring and alarm documentation.

- a provision for an external temperature sensor is fitted near the compressor compartment - self-closing door

Type

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 344 600x615x1840 344 600x615x1840 130 600x615x820 130 600x615x820

LKv 3912 LKv 3910 LKUv1612 LKUv 1610

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 455x435x1650 455x435x1650 455x435x669 455x435x669

Energy consumption

Temp. range

kWh (24h) 2.0 0.8 1.2 0.7

°C +3 +3 +3 +3

to to to to

+ + + +

PK

8 8 8 8

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

684 683 681 680

3

2

4 3 4 Laboratory refrigerators Typ LKexv and LGUex The range of laboratory appliances with Comfort controller comprises 2 refrigerators Liebherr and 2 freezers with spark-free interiors, especially for storing explosive and highly flammable substances - for instance in the chemical industry or in special laboratories. These models have been tested by electrosuisse - SEV (Swiss Association for Electrical Engineering, Power and Information Technologies), the ATEX conformity evaluation organisation, for compliance with the safety requirements of the EU Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX 95) according to the harmonised standards EN 1127-1, IEC 60079-0 and IEC 60079-15, and they provide all the other advantages of the Comfort electronic controller.

Type

LKexv 3910 LKUexv 1610 LGex 3410 LGUex 1500

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 344 600x615x1840 130 600x615x820 284 600x615x1840 129 600x615x820

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 455x435x1650 455x435x669 420x400x1587 454x450x663

Energy consumption

Temp. range

kWh (24h) 0.8 0.7 1.0 0.8

°C +3 to +8 +3 to + 8 -9 to -30 -9 to -26

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

685 682 691 690

657

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Refrigerators 1 Universal refrigerators FKEX Liebherr commercial refrigerator with spark-free interior.

Full-volume refrigeration with rear wall evaporator.

Automatic defrosting; defrost water evaporates automatically. Lockable door.

Door hinges can be reversed. Front ventilation enables installation within bench units.

Adjustable temperature range: Ambient temperature: Type

FKEX FKEX FKEX FKEX

from +2 to +10°C from +10 to +32°C

Capacity Energy consumption litres kWh (24h) 180 0.7 260 0.8 360 0.9 500 0.9

1800 2600 3600 5000

Liebherr

Power

Weight

Width

Depth

Height

PK

W 90 100 130 130

kg 39 48 62 78

mm 600 600 600 752

mm 600 600 600 710

mm 885 1216 1590 1516

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

653 654 655 656

2 Laboratory refrigerators, spark-free The BGR 120 laboratory guidelines state that interiors of refrigerators in which dangerous, explosive atmospheres can develop, must be spark-free. Such explosive atmospheres can be created by stored flammable liquids, for example.

The CFC-free laboratory refrigerators by Aqualytic® meet these requirements. The interiors are free from sparking sources and are therefore explosion-proof. With glass shelves.

Variable temperature control from +2°C to +10°C. Temperature is continuously controlled by thermostat.

Capacity

L 150 210 295 425

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 602 x 600 x 885 602 x 600 x 1215 602 x 600 x 1589 755 x 715 x 1515

Weight

Power

PK

kg 37.00 46.50 62.00 77.00

W 120 140 150 150

1 1 1 1

1

2

658

E & OE.

AQUALYTIC

Cat. No.

9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

001 002 003 004

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers 1 Chest and Upright Freezers

1

Microprocessor controlled temperature regulation GFL The microprocessor controlled temperature regulator, with digital display of actual and set temperature values operates without maintenance and is shock-resistant. The regulator is battery-backed by constantly charged NiCd battery that maintains the display of the actual temperature and the alarm functions for 60 hours in the event of mains failiure. During operation on the mains, the battery level and the set temperature can be checked by touch control. With RS232 interface, compatible e.g. to the PC software labworldsoftÂŽ. Alternative data transfer formats, RS422 and RS485, are also available.

Energy-saving cooling unit The maintenance-free cooling unit, equipped with hermetically sealed, high-performance compressors, ensures short cooling times. The non-flammable refrigerant is free of chlorofluorocarbons (CFC), as is the insulation installed all around the unit, comprising a seamless and diffusion-protected foamed-in polyurethane layer (up to 150mm thick).

Ex-proof inside cabinets The inside cabinets are manufactured entirely out of stainless steel (material no 1.4301), are corrosion resistant and easy to clean. They are free from ignition sources, an extremely important aspect when storing low flash-point media and are ex-proof in accordance with BGR 120 10/93 act. 10/1998. The cooling air outlet is located at the front of the unit, meaning that explosive gases can not be drawn in. The magnetic sealing system reliably prevents freezing of the lid or door seals.

Powder-coated housing The housings are made of powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. As standard, GFL deep freezers are mounted on double wheel, swivel castors, two of which can be locked, for transport to the place of use and for mobile applications (castors for the sub-counter Deep Freezers 6441 and 6481).

Controlled access The lids and doors of the freezer units can be locked, a control panel provides controlled access through the use of a key-operated security switch.

Multiple alarm messages All deep freezers include a potential-free, changeover contact for connection to an internal alarm system or to the central I&C system as standard. They are also provided with a connection for a piezoelectric buzzer. In the event of a fault an optical and audible alarm is issued. The cause for the fault is shown in the display as a defined code number.

The limit values for alarms (0-20 K) for excess and under temperature can be set individually by the user. Optional suppressions of alarm messages can also be set by the user.

Accessories appropriate for the task at hand, storage system on request. Customised equipment available on request, for tasks that demand special solutions for storage.

2 Chest Freezers

2

All chest lids are balanced and easy to operate. Chest freezers with capacities of 220 to 500 litres are also equipped with additional insulating cover panels on the cabinet.

Type

6340* 6341* 6342* 6343* 6344* 6345* 6380** 6380** 6382** 6383** 6384** 6385**

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 70 600 x 350 x 340 30 500 x 305 x 200 100 710 x 440 x 340 220 840 x 460 x 580 300 1000 x 500 x 600 500 1440 x 580 x 600 70 600 x 350 x 340 30 500 x 305 x 200 100 710 x 440 x 340 220 840 x 460 x 580 300 1000 x 500 x 600 500 1440 x 580 x 600

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 836 x 685 x 1055 700 x 600 x 905 960 x 790 x 1080 1450 x 870 x 1040 1610 x 910 x 1060 2060 x 1000 x 1060 836 x 685 x 1055 700 x 600 x 905 960 x 790 x 1080 1450 x 870 x 1040 1610 x 910 x 1060 2060 x 1000 x 1060

GFL

Weight

PK

kg 100 70 180 210 240 310 120 90 200 230 260 330

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

340 341 342 343 344 345 380 381 382 383 384 385

*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW **Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW

E & OE.

659

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers 1

2

1 2 Upright Freezers Upright freezers of 300 litres and 500 litres are equipped with three inner compartments (H 353 mm), each provided with an insulating door. Optional shelves can also be installed in the compartments. On request, the cabinet can also be equipped with a set of drawers instead of the inside compartments. After removing the cover plate, the sub-counter Deep Freezers 6441 and 6481 can be built into a laboratory bench.

Type

6441* 6443* 6445* 6481** 6483** 6485**

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 96 430 x 430 x 510 300 600 x 450 x 1100 500 600 x 760 x 1100 96 430 x 430 x 510 300 600 x 450 x 1100 500 600 x 760 x 1100

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 900 x 770 x 890 990 x 865 x 1940 990 x 1175 x 1940 900 x 770 x 890 990 x 865 x 1940 990 x 1175 x 1940

GFL

Weight

PK

kg 140 240 310 150 270 340

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

501 503 504 502 495 497

*Temperature: 0 to -40째C, Rating: 0.6 kW **Temperature: -50 to -85째C, Rating: 1.2 kW

3

3 Safety Cooling Systems Accessories for Chest and Upright Freezers.

GFL CO2/LN2 safety cooling systems for connection to a 230V emergency power system or for battery-powered operation (supplied with power from a battery provided with the system, approx. 60 h).

Temperature of the cabinet is kept constant at a freely selectable value (0 to -70째C) by controlled injection of CO2 or LN2. For chest freezers with a volume of 70 litres or above and upright freezers from 300 litres capacity upwards.

Refrigerant vessel not included.

4

Type

For

6946a LN2 safety cooling 6946b LN2 safety cooling 6947a CO2 safety cooling 6947b CO2 safety cooling

230V Battery 230V Battery

PK 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

452 453 447 451

4 Distribution Lines for Safety Cooling System with CO2 For CO2 safety cooling systems 6947a and 6947b (CO2 bottles not included in scope of GFL supply). For simultaneous connection of two or three CO2 bottles distribution lines are required. The CO2 bottles must be provided with a rising pipe and must not be connected to a pressure limiter. The distribution line can be ordered complete with all requisite connectors, tubes and materials for wall mounting.

660

Type

For

6948 6949

2 CO2 bottles 3 CO2 bottles

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 448 9.699 449

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers Water cooling 6960 Accessory for Chest and Upright Freezers.

GFL A heat exchanger is installed in place of the air-cooled liquefier. The heat exchanger considerably reduces the heat given off by the unit to the environment, at the same time, expanding the permissible ambient temperature range in which the unit can be operated. Water supply is regulated by the freezer. The heat exchanger can be connected to a recirculation system or to the internal water supply system. (Connecting points on unit: outside thread connector for pressure hose ½ inch *with lock nut.) For freezers with a volume of at least 220 litres.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

6960

1

9.699 454

* not in scope of supply

1 Qualification data record

1

For detailed documentation of the spatial and temporal temperature constancy in the GFL deep freezers, when users must, for example, comply with the special approval guidelines defined by the Federal Drug Administration of the USA (FDA). All requested test and measurement data are established at our factory using a calibrated test section and archived at GFL for one decade.

Type

Description

6965

Measurement report

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.699 565

2 Drawer Sets for Upright Freezers (300/500 l volume)

2

To equip the cabinet of upright freezers with a set of four drawers in place of the three insulated compartments. Made of stainless steel with front panels made of 10 mm thick polystyrene insulating plates. Ball bearings and slide rails ensure easy and level motion.

Type

For

6952 6953

Upright freezer, 300L Upright freezer, 500L

GFL

PK

Cat. No.

4 4

9.699 456 9.699 457

3 Dry ice machines, SnowPack

3

Suitable for all European siphon carbon dioxide cylinders with valve (W 21.80 x 1¼" acc. to DIN 477, no. 6).

- Produces dry ice tablets at -79°C - operates without power - taint- and odour-free Gassing period (per tablet): Tablets per 22 kg bottle (dependent on ambient temperature and pressure): Weight g 50 250

Dia. mm 50 80

Height mm 30 60

E & OE.

Bürkle

either 0.5 or 2.5 min approx. either 90 or 14 pieces approx.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.253 006 9.253 008

661

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers 1

1 Ice flake makers, Scotsman Manufactured under DIN ISO 9001 conditions.

For solid, even, ice flakes. Hygienic, 0.5°C cold ice. With stainless steel outer casing and air-cooled compressor.

Also available with water-cooled compressor, except model AF 100.

Alternative models availlable on request.

A specially built model for laboratory-grade water is available on request at an additional charge.

Type

Output kg/24 hrs. up to kg 70 85 120 120 200 0 0 0

Ice flake maker AF 80 Ice flake maker AF 100 Ice flake maker AF 200 Ice flake maker MF 22* Ice flake maker MF 30* Storage B 193 for MF 22 and MF 30 Storage B 393 for MF 22 and MF 30** Cover KBT 103 for storage B 393

Capacity

Rating

Width

Length

PK

kg 25 32 32 0 0 90 150 0

W 330 400 520 500 760 0 0 0

mm 626 622 622 533 533 800 825 0

mm 535 592 592 560 560 560 765 0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.580 9.580 9.580 9.580 9.580 9.580 9.580 9.580

006 007 008 009 016 010 017 018

*without storage bin **Cover KBT 103 required. Please order separately.

Additional Shelves for 300/500litre Upright Freezers Upright Freezers having a storage volume of 300 and 500 litres come with three compartments as standard equipment. As an option, each compartment can be sectioned with one additional shelf for optimal utilisation of the internal volume of the unit.

Type

For

6954 6955

300 litre freezers 500 litre freezers

GFL

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 458 9.699 459

Storage system for Chest and Upright Freezers (racks to accept boxes, inner dividers for boxes and racks for Microtiter and DeepWell plates) available on request.

2

2 Freezers, UNI series The UNI series have a range from -10 to -45°C, allowing particularly sensitive samples to be stored at low temperature. Operate at ambient temperatures up to 30°C. - audible alarm - large temperature display - easily operated controller for temperature setting between -10°C and -45°C - electronic thermostat - handle with key lock - defrost water drain hole Type

UNI UNI UNI UNI UNI

11 21 31 41 51

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 130 725 x 655 x 865 226 1055 x 655 x 865 299 1305 x 655 x 865 358 1505 x 655 x 865 416 1705 x 655 x 865

Alternative freezer sizes available on request!

662

E & OE.

Elcold

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

611 612 613 614 615

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers-Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 Freezers, LAB series

1

The LAB series storage freezers operate in the range -60 to -85°C at ambient temperatures from 10 to 30°C. - audible alarm with battery back up - alarm box with output for external alarm - inlet for CO2 back up system - large temperature display - easily operated controller for temperature setting between -60°C and -85°C - electronic thermostat - heavy duty castors for easy moving - handle with key lock - defrost water drain hole Type

LAB LAB LAB LAB

11 31 41 51

Elcold

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 130 720 x 730 x 920 301 1300 x 730 x 920 360 1500 x 730 x 920 416 1700 x 730 x 920

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

600 601 602 603

2 Cryogenic box racks for chest freezers Stainless steel racks, suitable for all brands of chest freezer. For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm.

Type Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack

for for for for for for for for for for for for for for for

Width mm 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140

6 boxes each 50mm high 10 boxes each 50mm high 11 boxes each 50mm high 12 boxes each 50mm high 13 boxes each 50mm high 4 boxes each 75mm high 5 boxes each 75mm high 6 boxes each 75mm high 7 boxes each 75mm high 8 boxes each 75mm high 7 boxes each 85mm high 3 boxes each 100mm high 4 boxes each 100mm high 5 boxes each 100mm high 6 boxes each 100mm high

Depth mm 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140

Tenak

Height mm 335 555 610 665 720 326 406 486 551 629 607 320 425 530 635

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

745 746 747 748 758 749 750 751 752 753 759 754 755 756 757

3 Nalgene® CryoBox racks Type 5036 Stainless steel.

Vertical.

With individual retainers to secure each box safely.

Shelves 4 9

Width mm 140 140

Depth mm 143 143

Nalgene

Height mm 225 502

2

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.400 953 9.400 954

3

E & OE.

663

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 2

1

3

1 Racks for upright freezers Stainless steel racks for all upright freezer brands. For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm.

Type Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack

for for for for for for for for for for

Width mm 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139

9 (=3 x 3) each 50 mm high boxes 12 x 50 mm high boxes 16 x 50 mm high boxes 20 x 50 mm high boxes 24 x 50 mm high boxes 6 x 75 mm high boxes 8 x 75 mm high boxes 12 x 75 mm high boxes 6 x 100 mm high boxes 8 x 100 mm high boxes

Depth mm 423 423 562 562 562 423 562 562 423 562

Tenak Height mm 168 224 224 279 331 164 164 224 214 214

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

836 829 830 774 837 831 832 833 834 835

2 Racks for upright freezers Arctic Squares速 Stainless steel. Fits most standard upright freezers. Overall rack size (H x W x D): 238 x 139 x 571mm. With four drawers to hold 16 boxes of 133 x 133 x 53mm.

Drawers feature a unique stop that when fully extended pivot down allowing for easy box access. Freezer rack also includes a pull-out wire handle for easy removal off the shelf. Polycarbonate drawer handles provide a user-friendly grip. Includes a slot and label for drawer/sample identification.

Type Arctic Squares速

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.193 980

3 4 Racks for upright freezers Stainless steel rack for 50mm cryoboxes within any brand freezer compartment.

Type

Width mm 140 140 140

Rack for 12 boxes Rack for 16 boxes Rack for 20 boxes

Depth mm 423 562 562

Tenak

Height mm 224 224 279

4

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.698 950 9.698 951 9.698 952

5

5 Safety spring lock for cryogenic racks To hold cryogenic boxes in the rack to stop them sliding out when tilted. The clip is placed onto the box above the top edge and slid into the cryogenic rack. Fits all sizes of cryogenic racks.

Tenak

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Safety spring lock

10

9.698 840

664

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 Cryogenic storage boxes

1

With 100 places, 10x10 grid and numerical coded. Robust hinge with safe snap-on lid, stackable for safe transport.

Minimised liquid retention. Guaranteed metal free. Temperature resistant from +90°C to +130°C, autoclavable at 121°C, 20 minutes. Dimensions: 140 x 140 x 60 mm Colour Magenta/clear Black

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.405 800 9.405 801

2 Cryogenic storage boxes, 1/1

2

Freezer and cryogenic storage boxes (CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, water-repellent, coated cardboard. Dimensions: 136 x 136 mm square. For the storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white. Other colours are available on request.

Int. height mm 32 50 75 100 130

Ratiolab

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405

860 861 862 863 864

Special sizes available on request!

3 Partition inserts for Cryoboxes

3

For cryoboxes 136 x 136 mm. With compartment heights and formats as indicated.

Height mm 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 65 65 65 65

Compartments 10 12 16 9 10 12 16 9 10 12 4 9 10 12

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Ratiolab PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

10 12 16 9 10 12 16 9 10 12 4 9 10 12

Cat. No.

9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405

874 878 882 871 875 879 883 872 876 880 870 873 877 881

4 Cryogenic storage boxes, 1/2

4

For optimized storage we offer you 1/2 size freezer and cryogenic storage boxes (CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, water-repellent, coated cardboard. For the storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white. Dimensions: 136 x 66 x 50

Ratiolab

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Cryobox 1/2 without divider Divider 5 x 10

10 10

9.405 830 9.405 832

5 Cryogenic storage boxes, 1/4

5

For optimized storage we offer you ¼ size freezer and cryogenic storage boxes (CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, water-repellent, coated cardboard. For the storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white. Dimensions: 75 x 75 x 52mm

Ratiolab

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Cryobox ¼ (without divider) Divider 5 x 5

10 10

9.405 831 9.405 833

E & OE.

665

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 CryoBox

1

Polypropylene. 9 x 9 array. Resist ultra-low storage temperatures from -90°C up to +121°C. Autoclavable. With grid numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples. Box fits most stainless steel racks.

Type A: 133 x 133 x 52mm Type B: 133 x 133 x 75mm

Type

Colour

PK

A A A A A B B B B B

natural yellow red green blue natural yellow red green blue

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405 9.405

890 892 894 896 898 891 893 895 897 899

2 Nalgene® CryoBox, System 100 series

2

For System 100 cryogenic vials. PC. 10 x 10 array. Resist ultra-low storage Nalgene temperatures from -196°C up to +121°C. Autoclavable. With grid numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples. Lid fits one way to maintain the correct grid orientation. Box fits most stainless steel racks. For 1 ml and 1.5 ml vials.

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 133 x 133 x 52

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.400 927

3 Nalgene® CryoBoxes

3

Stable, autoclavable PC. Nalgene With printed grid on lid for cryovials and similar tubes up to 13.5mm diameter.

Temperature resistant from -196 to +121°C. With grid numbers for reliable identification of individual samples.

Type 5050 is a plain box with transparent PC lid, without grid, used for storing tubes of various sizes. Supplied in packs as indicated.

Type

5025 5026 5027 5050*

For tubes ml 1.2/2.0 1.2/2.0 5.0

Width

Length

Height

Array

PK

mm 76 133 133 133

mm 76 133 133 133

mm 52 52 95 52

5x5 9x9 9x9 1

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.400 9.400 9.400 9.400

946 947 948 949

*Without grid.

4 Cryo boxes, PP

4

No. of cells 9 x 9 = 81 cryovials.

Type Blue Green Natural Red Yellow

666

Width mm 130 130 130 130 130

Depth mm 130 130 130 130 130

Tenak

Height mm 50 50 50 50 50

PK 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

708 709 710 711 712

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 100-Well cryogenic boxes, PP

1

Rugged polypropylene box has durable three-point hinges and clasp for secure closure, moulded grid lines on the lid, imprinted coordinates on the bottom of base, and imprinted and raised coordinates on each well. Holds 1.5 to 2.0ml tubes and vials. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 141 x 151 x 57mm.

Colour natural blue, green, purple, yellow, orange

2 50-Well cryogenic boxes, PP

PK

Cat. No.

1 5

6.206 710 9.193 981

PK

Cat. No.

5

9.193 985

PK

Cat. No.

1 5

9.193 983 9.193 984

2

Ideal for sample or case study storage. Compact storage box has angled front slot for easy access to tubes. Rugged, polypropylene box has durable three-point hinges, snapping clasp for secure closure, moulded grid lines on lid, imprinted coordinates on bottom of base and imprinted and raised coordinates on tube wells. Holds 1.5 to 2.0ml microtubes. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 141 x 92 x 56mm.

Colour blue, green, purple, yellow, orange

3 96-Well cryogenic boxes, PP

3

Polypropylene rack has 96 wells for 0.5ml microcentrifuge tubes on one side and Heathrow Scientific 96 wells for 1.5 to 2.0ml microcentrifuge tubes on the other side. Wells are arranged in standard 8 x 12 array. Handy lid snaps into place via tabs on each end of rack. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 246 x 121.x 50mm.

Colour blue, green, pink, yellow, orange

PK

Cat. No.

5

9.193 982

4 96-Well PCR Rack

4

Removable hinged lid lies flat. Perfect for pre- or post-PCR sampling. Sturdy Heathrow Scientific polypropylene rack accommodates individual 0.2ml tubes or strips of 8 or 12 tubes.

Tube wells are easily identified with embossed numbers and letters. Rack measures 130 x 98 x 33mm. Autoclavable.

Colour blue, green, pink, yellow, orange

PK

Cat. No.

5

9.409 661

5 81-Well cryogenic boxes, PP

5

Store 1.5 to 2.0ml microtubes under easy-open, friction-fit lid. Locate tubes is easily with moulded grid lines and a moulded reference point on the lid. Polypropylene box fits in standard freezer racks. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 130 x 130 x 47mm.

Colour natural blue, green, pink, yellow, orange

E & OE.

667

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1

1 50- and 100-Well cryogenic boxes, EPS Inexpensive freezer storage. Lightweight 1.5 to 2.0ml microtube racks are ideal for long-term studies or tube storage.

Two-piece racks are constructed of expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam. Extra spacing between wells allows easy gripping with fingertips. Racks stack securely with nesting features on lid and base.

2

no. of wells

Dimensions (L x W x H)

100 50

mm 336 x 95 x 73 210 x 100 x 71

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.193 986 9.193 987

2 Reversible PCR Rack Removable hinged lid fits both sides. Flip this polypropylene reversible rack to the size of Heathrow Scientific tubes you need. PCR side of the rack has 168 wells that hold 0.2mL tubes. The wells accommodate 8- or 12-tube strips or individual tubes. The opposite side of the rack has 40 wells that hold 0.5 mL tubes. Both sides of the rack have 12 wells for 1.5 mL tubes. Autoclavable. Rack measures 206 x 131 x 54 mm.

Colour blue, green, purple, yellow, orange

3

PK

Cat. No.

5

9.409 660

3 Nalgene速 cryovials, System 100 series PP. With HDPE screw cap and silicone gasket. Increase storage capacity in mechanical Nalgene and gaseous phase liquid nitrogen freezers. The gasket prevents leakage in microcentrifuges (up to 8000xg), or during transport. With writing area and graduations in white. Gamma radiation sterilized. One-handed operation possible. In compliance to CE. DNAse/RNAse free. Pyrogen-free and non-cytotoxic.

Supplied in packs as indicated. Bar coded version available on request.

Capacity ml 1.0 1.5

4

Ext. diam. mm 12 12

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 38 48

25 25

9.400 912 9.400 913

4 Nalgene速 cryovials Type 5000 PP with HDPE screw cap. Temperature resistant down to -196属C. Gamma radiation Nalgene sterilized. Non-cytotoxic and pyrogen-free. Compliance to Derective CE. DNAse/RNAse free. With marking area, fill line and graduations printed on the vial. Bar coded version available on request.

Capacity ml 1.2 2.0 5.0

Ext. dia. mm 13.5 13.5 13.5

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 38 48 92

25 25 10

9.400 941 9.400 942 9.400 943

Also available in a larger pack size (1000 pc.).

5

5 Nalgene速 cryovial racks Type 5030 PC. Autoclavable. Space-saving. Choice of sizes to hold 25 or 50 cryovials of 1.2, 2.0 or 5 ml capacities. With moulded identification numbers and letters. One-handed operation possible.

Aperture array qty.

5 x 10 5 x 5, staggered

668

Nalgene

Width

Length

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 102 102

mm 197 197

mm 28 22

1 1

9.400 944 9.400 958

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 Cap coders for Nalgene® cryovials

1

Colour-coded cryovials. Type 5045. Coloured PS cap inserts.

Nalgene

Colour

PK

white yellow blue green red

100 100 100 100 100

Cat. No. 9.400 9.400 9.400 9.400 9.400

967 968 969 970 971

2 Cryogenic vials

2

PP. Sterile. Transparent. With screw caps and marking area.

For the storage of samples at low temperatures down to -196°C. Capacity ml 2 5

Dia. mm 12.5 12.5

Length mm 38 78

PK

Cat. No.

500 100

9.401 233 9.401 238

3 4 Cryogenic tubes, PP

3

Designed for storage of biological material, such as microorganisms, human and animal BRAND cells, etc.

Graduated, 12.5 mm o.d. Large frosted marking area and coloured cap inserts for easy sample identification.

Temperature stability to -196°C. y-ray sterile (SAL 10-6) and autoclavable at 121°C (29 min.). Marked with the CE symbol according to the IVD Directive 98/79 EC. Cryogenic vials are sterile, RNase-, DNase-, DNA- and endotoxinfree.

4

Capacity ml 1.2 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 1.2 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 5.0

Grad. up to ml 1.00 1.80 1.80 3.00 3.60 4.50 1.00 1.80 1.80 3.60 3.60 4.60

Description

Thread

Height

PK

self-standing round-bottom self-standing self-standing self-standing self-standing self-standing self-standing round-bottom round-bottom self-standing round-bottom

external external external external external external internal internal internal internal internal internal

mm 41 47 49 70 76 90 41 49 48 70 71 90

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

5 Cap coders, PP for Brand®cryogenic tubes

Cat. No.

6.801 6.206 7.079 6.802 7.059 7.300 7.300 7.053 7.604 9.401 9.401 7.610

655 393 366 266 827 349 557 349 109 223 224 567

5

Fit for all sizes

BRAND

Colour

PK

white blue red green yellow

500 500 500 500 500

Cat. No. 7.200 7.077 7.053 7.079 7.600

575 849 350 679 162

6 Cryogenic tube rack, PP

6

Blue. For 50 self-standing cryogenic tubes.

BRAND

Type Cryovial racks

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

7.077 405

669

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 Storage boxes, PC for cryogenic tubes

1

Operating range: -196°C to +121°C (in gaseous phase liquid nitrogen). Autoclavable at 121°C (20 min).

For tubes ml 1.2 and 2 3, 4 and 5 1.2 and 2

For thread type

Aperture array qty.

81 81 100

internal / external external internal

BRAND

Width

Depth

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 132 132 132

mm 132 132 132

mm 52 95 52

1 1 1

7.400 583 7.071 111 7.300 574

2 Mini coolers, PC

2

Mini coolers are designed to protect a wide range of solutions (enzymes, DNA, RNA, cell suspensions) by helping to maintain freezer temperatures on the lab bench. Durable polycarbonate filled with non-toxic gel. Mini coolers hold twelve 0.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes.

Temperaturemaintained on lab bench

Colour

0°C, up to 60 min -20°C up to 60 min -70°C up to 45 min

red yellow white

BRAND

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

6.802 253 7.300 442 7.090 437

3 Ice baths, polystyrene

3

Ice bath with non-slip, silicone feet. Fully insulated in light grey foam. Rigid body with support guide for aluminium insert blocks.

Type

W-1060 W-1061

Internal tank dimensions (W x L x D) mm 140 x 210 x 210 x 350 x

70 100

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.010 670 9.010 671

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.010 675 9.010 676 9.010 677

Inserts for Ice baths Solid aluminium.

For

No. of vessels

1.5 ml microtubes 1.5 ml microtubes Custom (please indicate drilling required when ordering)

2x7 2 x 12

4 Nalgene® Labtop Cooler

4

The economical alternative for keeping samples and biochemical reagents cool at the Nalgene workbench or for protecting against temperature fluctuations and power failure in refrigeration apparatus. With write-on, gridded lid. Lids fit one way to maintain the correct grid orientation. The lid of the Labtop Cooler jr. is transparent (12-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml).The Labtop Cooler lid (32-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml) is white and filled with a non-toxic insulation gel. Adapters are also supplied for 0.5 ml microtubes.

Robust, space-saving and stackable. With non-slip rubber feet. Can be used down to -135°C.

Type

Laptop Labtop Labtop Labtop

670

Aperture array

Cooler jr.

Cooler jr.

Cooler Cooler

qty.

12 12 32 32

Description

Temperaturemaintained on lab bench

PK

without gel without gel with gel with gel

≤-15 °C up to 1 hr. ≤ 1 °C up to 3.5 hrs. ≤-15 °C up to 2 hrs. ≤ 1 °C up to 5 hrs.

E & OE.

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.400 9.400 9.400 9.400

929 930 932 933

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 1 Nalgene® freezing container Type 5100, Mr. Frosty

1

PC box. With 120 mm diameter screw cap in blue HDPE, vial holder made of white Nalgene HDPE. Suitable for 18 x 1.2/2.0 ml cryovials.

Foam interior. Cooling rate 1°C/min. Tubes can be easily removed. Each aperture has a moulded number for identification. Stackable.

Dia. mm 117

Height mm 86

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.400 945

2 Nalgene® CryoCane

2

CryoCane aluminium vial holder. Type 5015. For ultra-low temperature storage of 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 ml cryovials.

For 5 cryovials 6 cryovials

Length mm 290 300

Nalgene

PK

Cat. No.

1 12

9.400 956 9.400 935

3 Nalgene® CryoSleeve

3

Type 5016. Made of transparent PVC. For CryoCane aluminium vial holder.

Nalgene

Length mm 273

PK

Cat. No.

100

9.400 957

4 Nalgene® floating cryovial racks

4

PP. For 0.5 to 2.0 ml test tubes and cryovials. Racks will float with a full load of filled tubes.

With moulded identification numbers and letters.

Type

Square Square Circular Circular

For tubes ml 0.5 1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0

Array Colour

4x4 4x4 8 20

black white white white

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 103 x 103 x 65 103 x 103 x 65 66 dia.

96 dia.

Nalgene

PK

1 1 4 4

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.400 9.400 9.400 9.400

981 982 983 984

671

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 2

1

1 2 IsoTherm-System® Modular system for transporting, storing, and gently thawing deep-frozen samples - Holds 24 tubes (0.5ml, 1.5ml, 2ml) - IsoPack (cold pack) white for 0°C and blue for -21°C, for pre-cooling in the freezer - IsoTherm cooling times from = 6 hrs. (0°C, white) and = 3 hrs. (-21°C, blue) - No more melting ice baths (contamination risk) - All system components can be used separately - Racks can be stacked, are autoclavable, float in water and can be centrifuged in a microtitration plate rotor

Description

eppendorf

PK

Cat. No.

Iso Therm-System, insulating box, 0°C cold pack, -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid for 1.5/1.7/2.0 ml tubes

1

9.283 526

IsoRack + 0 °C IsoPack IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 1.5ml/2ml tubes IsoRack, 4 racks and 4 lids for 1.5ml / 2.0 ml tubes IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, for 1.5ml/2.0ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, for 1.5ml/2.0ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs Iso Therm-System for 0.5ml tubes, insulating box, 0°C cold pack, -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

528 530 536 535 529 525

IsoRack + 0 °C IsoPack IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 0.5ml tubes IsoRack, 4 racks plus 4 lids for 0.5ml tubes IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes

1 1 1 1 1

9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

527 537 523 524 521

3

4

3 4 PCR-Coolers The PCR-Cooler acts as a thermochromic temperature self-indicator: pink or light-blue eppendorf (depending on the model chosen) when temperature exceeds +7°C, violet or dark blue when ice-cold.

Description The new Eppendorf PCR-Cooler reliably maintains a sample temperature of 0°C*for over an hour, changing colour when the temperature exceeds +7°C. Better than an ice bath, PCR-Cooler is simple to handle, space-saving and contamination-free, making it the perfect preparation for PCR reactions. The temperature of single tubes is indicated by the colour of the respective individual apertures. Furthermore, samples are prevented from freezing by the specially developed cone contour. Eppendorf PCR-Cooler: the cooling unit in the universal 96-well format for 0.2ml and 0.5ml PCR tubes, for tube strips, plates and for individual tubes. The Eppendorf PCR-Cooler is a compact, innovative solution for protecting, transporting and storing sensitive samples and obviously also ideal for safely stopping reactions.

Application note.

By changing colour from violet to pink or dark blue to light blue, the PCR-Cooler shows when the temperature has exceeded +7°C. The crucial factor for sample cooling is the well colour in the PCR-Cooler.

Description

PK

PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml starter set (1 x pink, 1 x blue) PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml pink PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml blue PCR tubes, 0.2 ml, transparent twin.tec PCR Plate 96 semi-skirted, transparent twin.tec PCR Plate 384 skirted, transparent

1 1 1 1000 25 25

* With 2 hours precooling at -20°C.

672

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283 9.283

576 577 578 579 595 596

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Insulated containers

1

1 Ice buckets, Spongex Round, complete with lid.

For sample and reaction cooling. Foamed PVC. No styropor present. Unbreakable and lightweight. For use with ice/dry ice or liquid nitrogen. High temperature resistance -196째C to +93째C. Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohol, acetone, phenol, etc.

Type

Filling volume max. L 4 4 4

Bucket Bucket Bucket

Capacity Colour

Bottom dia. mm 180 180 180

litres 5 blue 5 red 5 yellow

Top dia. mm 250 250 250

schuett-biotec

Height

PK

Cat. No.

mm 180 180 180

1 1 1

9.010 700 9.010 720 9.010 730

Ice buckets, Spongex, accessory inserts Specifically for Spongex ice buckets, but also suitable for other containers. Foamed PVC. Float in liquid, therefore also ideal insert racks for water baths. Also available without holes for custom drilling by the user on request. External diameter: 220mm.

Type For For For For For For

44 44 44 30 30 30

Colour x x x x x x

1.5/2.0ml reaction tubes 1.5/2.0ml reaction tubes 1.5/2.0ml reaction tubes 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes

Height mm 10 10 10 17 17 17

blue red yellow blue red yellow

schuett-biotec

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 Ice storage containers, Labpan

Cat. No. 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010

711 726 736 713 728 738

2

For holding all types of holders and vessels. Made of foamed PVC. schuett-biotec No styropor present.

Unbreakable and lightweight. For use with ice, dry ice or liquid nitrogen. Temperature resistant from -196 to +93째C. Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohols, acetone, phenol, etc.

Type

Filling volume max. L 1 1 1 4 4 4 9 9 9

Mini Mini Mini Midi Midi Midi Maxi Maxi Maxi

Colour

blue red yellow blue red yellow blue red yellow

Width

Depth

Height

PK

mm 130 130 130 290 290 290 355 355 355

mm 130 130 130 190 190 190 280 280 280

mm 80 80 80 100 100 100 110 110 110

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010

703 723 733 702 722 732 701 721 731

3 Ice storage containers, Labpan, accessory inserts

3

Specifically for Labpan, but also suitable for other containers. Float in liquid, therefore ideal as inserts for water baths. Dimensions (W x L) 235 x 110mm. Foamed PVC. Also available solid, for user drilling, on request.

Type For For For For For For

36 36 36 24 24 24

Colour x x x x x x

1.5 / 2.0ml reaction tubes 1.5 / 2.0ml reaction tubes 1.5 / 2.0ml reaction tubes 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes

blue red yellow blue red yellow

Height mm 10 10 10 17 17 17

schuett-biotec

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010 9.010

761 762 763 764 765 766

673

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Insulated containers 1

1 Insulated vessels With Duran速 liners; DIN 12492. Cylindrical. With metal outer casing made of galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. With lid and carrying handle.

Capacity

Int. dia. mm 200 200 200 250 250 250

litres 10 10 14 21 21 28

Int. height mm 350 350 500 480 480 620

KGW

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032

131 742 132 133 743 134

9.032 742 and 9.032 743: uncoated aluminium cover

2

2 Linen bag for large insulated vessels For 10 L, 14 L, 21 L and 28 L model.

KGW

Type

PK

Cat. No.

Linen bag for large insulated vessels

Capacity litres 10

1

9.032 231

Linen bag for large insulated vessels

14

1

9.032 232

Linen bag for large insulated vessels

21

1

9.032 233

200

3

3 Dewar flasks Duran速. DIN 12492. Cylindrical. Type 26B to 29B: With metal outer casing made of galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. With cover and aluminium support bracket.

Type

26 27 28 29

B B B B

Capacity

Int. dia. mm 100 138 138 138

litres 1 2 3 4

Int. height mm 150 170 230 310

KGW

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032

726 727 728 729

BE Type: Cover made of high-grade steel, type 26 BE to 29 BE are available on request.

4

4 Dewar flasks, Nalgene速 Type 4150 HDPE. With vented, insulating HDPE lid. PE covered handle. Unbreakable and completely Nalgene safe for short term storage of ice water, dry ice solvents and liquid nitrogen. Also suitable for use as warming baths. Chemical-resistant, reinforced walls, filled with urethane foam, are temperature resistant from -196 to +100属C. 1, 2 and 4 litre flasks have a carrying handle.

Capacity

litres 1 2 4 10

674

Top dia. mm 95 121 146 197

Int. height

PK

mm 194 225 287 394

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.031 9.031 9.031 9.031

961 962 964 970

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Insulated containers 1 Dewar flasks, open top, shallow form

1

Duran速. DIN 12492. Bowl shaped. Generally for thermostatting round bottom flasks to a constant temperature as hot or cold baths. With aluminium housing, support and edge protection. Suitable for use with magnetic stirrers.

Capacity

Int. dia. mm 100 110 138 170

ml 260 400 680 1600

KGW

Height

PK

mm 65 70 80 110

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032

423 425 426 427

2 Dewar flasks, cylindrical

2

Duran速. DIN 12492. Cylindrical. Blue powder-coated aluminium casing. Can be used with magnetic stirrers. All vessels can be supplied without casing, unsilvered or with unsilvered contents observation strips.

Capacity

Int. dia. mm 40 40 47 57 67 67 77 77 90 90 100 100 110 138

ml 100 200 300 500 800 1200 1000 1500 1500 2000 1500 2000 2500 4000

Ext. diam. mm 56 56 60 70 80 80 95 95 115 115 120 120 130 160

Int. height mm 90 170 190 210 240 350 235 345 245 340 240 290 290 310

KGW

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032

011 012 013 015 018 019 021 022 024 025 027 028 030 033

3 Chrome steel Dewar flasks

3

Nickel chromium steel, unbreakable, open top. With high-vacuum, permanent insulation. Temperature range -269 to +300属C. 5 year insulation guarantee.

Capacity

Int. dia. mm 85 100 100

litres 1 1 2

Ext. diam. mm 107 122 122

Int. height mm 206 157 285

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.031 982 9.031 983 9.031 984

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.031 972 9.031 973

Lid for chrome steel Dewar flasks Cork.

For 9.031 982 9.031 983 and 9.031 984

4 Dewar flasks, spherical

4

Duran速. DIN 12492. Spherical.

Silver, with aluminium casing and insulating lid.

Capacity litres 1 3 5 10

Neck dia. mm 30 60 60 65

KGW

Ext. diam. mm 175 225 260 330

PK

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.032 9.032 9.032 9.032

740 741 115 127

675

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Insulated containers 1

2

1 Cryogenic storage tanks, LO 2000 series with drawers The LO 2000 series is especially developed for storing of 4000, 8000 and 9600 cryo vials (*in liquid phase) (max. 2ml vials, 5ml vials on request) in cryo boxes. The large opening of 410mm (LO 2075) resp. 590mm gives easy access to the samples. The lightweight aluminium design and low space requirements of these containers make them the most economical units in their class. Supplied with drawer fastener.

Features: - large neck openings - easy access To stored samples - long Nitrogen retention times - 2 Year warranty

CRYO DIFFUSION

Available accessories on request: cryo boxes, castors, liquid level measuring rod, low filling level alarm, electronic filling level regulation and storage inserts for dry storage.

Type

LO 2075 LO 2200 LO 2250

Capacity

No. of vials

No. of boxes

No. of racks

litres 75 198 236

2ml 4000 8000 9600

10 10 12

4 8 8

Static holding time Days 30 40 47

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.524 500 9.524 501 9.524 502

2 Vapour Shipper containers BS 2000 series Vapour Shipper containers BS 2000 series are designed for the safe transportation of biological samples at cryogenic (-150째C or colder) temperatures.

Fabricated from durable, lightweight aluminum, they employ a hydrophobic absorbent that contains the liquid nitrogen for "spill free" shipping. The absorbent also repels moisture and humidity, assuring the maximum holding time. This eliminates the necessity to dry units between uses.

A protective shipping case is available for all models. These containers may be used to ship your samples with a "nonhazardous" classification e.g. straws, cryo ampoules, bloodbags, thus reducing costs and helping to assure sample viability.

Availlable accessories on request: protective shipping case, temperature logger, holders for ampoules and blood bags.

CRYO DIFFUSION

200

Type

BS 2002 BS 2004 BS 2024

3

Capacity

No. of vials

No. of straws

L 2.00 5.20 24.00

2ml 0 114 798

0.25ml 190 1640 17220

Static holding time Days 23 19 11

Neck dia. mm 35 70 215

Weight empty / full

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.524 503 9.524 504 9.524 505

kg 3.3/4.8 6.9/9.6 15.6/22.6

3 Cryogenic storage tanks, B 2000 series The B 2000 series is especially developed for storing of straws and cryo vials in ampoule CRYO DIFFUSION holders.

The B 2000 series offers capacities of 216 to 1332 cryo ampoules with 2ml and 474 to 16400 x 0.25ml straws.

The B 2000 series long term storage tanks are especially suited to hold small amounts of samples. Thanks to the small neck openings these storage tanks have holding times reaching 365 days. Supplied with canisters.

Accessories on request include: Canes for cryovials, rolling castors base, liquid level measuring rod, low filling level alarm.

676

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Insulated containers 3

2

1

1 Long term cryogenic storage tanks, B 2000 series CRYO DIFFUSION Type

Capacity

No. of vials

No. of straws

L 2.00 4.10 10.50 12.00 21.70 21.70 35.90 35.90

2ml 0 0 0 216 216 216 216 216

0.25ml 474 1560 1560 2700 2700 1560 2700 1560

No. of canisters

Static Chamber holding dimensions time (Dia. x H)

PK

Cat. No.

mm B B B B B B B B

2002M 2003M 2009M 2011M 2020M 2020M 2036M 2036M

3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Days 25 42 93 133 238 238 365 365

26x110 37x110 37x110 37x270 37x270 37x110 37x270 37x110

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524

506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513

2 Large capacity cryogenic storage tanks, B 2000 series CRYO DIFFUSION Type

Capacity

No. of vials

No. of straws

L 13.00 13.00 26.00 35.90 48.50 48.50

2ml 0 0 0 684 1332 1332

0.25ml 4920 4920 8200 9840 0 16400

No. of canisters

Static Chamber holding dimensions time (Dia. x H)

PK

Cat. No.

mm B B B B B B

2013-6 2013-10 2026 2035 2048-6 2048-10

6 10 10 6 6 10

Days 59 59 104 211 180 180

66x110 44x110 66x110 66x270 94x270 73x270

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524

514 515 516 517 518 519

3 Cryogenic storage tanks, BR 2000 series with drawers The BR 2000 series is especially developed for storing 750, 3000, 4800 and 6000 cryogenic vials (max. 2ml vials, 5ml vials on request) in cryo boxes. Low vaporization thanks to their 215mm dia. neck (BR 2048: only 120mm). The lightweight, aluminium design and low space requirements of these containers make them the most economical units in their class. Supplied with drawer fastener.

Features: - large neck openings - easy access to stored samples - long Nitrogen retention times - lightweight aluminium design - 2 Year warranty

CRYO DIFFUSION

Available accessories on request: cryogenic boxes, castors, liquid level measuring rod, low filling level alarm, electronic filling level regulation.

Type

BR BR BR BR

2048 2100 2150 2200

Capacity

No. of vials

No. of boxes

No. of racks

litres 48 100 148 197

2ml 750 3000 4800 6000

5 5 8 10

6 6 6 6

Static holding time Days 180 155 227 303

PK

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524

520 521 522 523

677

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Cooling/Insulated containers-Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Cryogenic liquid dewars L 2000 series

1

The L 2000 Series of cryogenic liquid dewars are so-called because of their universal CRYO DIFFUSION acceptance in laboratories and medical facilities worldwide. These high-efficiency, super-insulated dewars are the most convenient, economical way to store and dispense liquid nitrogen. Types L 2025, L 2035, L 2050 and L 2100 can be fitted with pressurized dispensing devices to aid in the transfer of liquid nitrogen.

Accessories on request include: Transfer hose, phase separator, spare corks, pressurized dispensing device, liqiud level measuring rod, rolling castor base

Type

L L L L L L L

2002 2005 2012 2025 2035 2050 2100

2

3

4

Capacity L 2.0 5.5 12.4 25.0 35.0 50.0 100.0

Evaporation rate L/ day 0.08 0.13 0.14 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.8

Neck dia. mm 35 50 50 50 50 50 50

Weight empty / full kg 2.7/4.3 4.4/8.8 8.1/18.1 10/31 13/41.5 17/57.5 32/113

Height

PK

mm 402 494 600 684 591 675 1035

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524 9.524

524 525 526 527 528 529 530

2 3 4 Controller Controllers, Unistat® Pilot and CC-Pilot Huber Unistat® Pilot and CC-Pilot are state of the art controllers for temperature control systems, which can be adapted to the individual needs of the users and not least from demographic criteria. A colour graphics, flat screen display shows all information in plain language. The display shows all dynamic information during the thermoregulation process. The process and internal or jacket temperature, pump pressure and all safety-relevant information is displayed simply and clearly. The format of the display can be varied. Besides a clear display of all data, the most important information (set point, actual values of internal and process as well as the over temperature set point) can be presented in a large format. This facilitates reading from a distance and maintains focus on the critical parameters. The resolution of the temperature display is 0.1K or 0.01K, as required. The temperature format can be selected in either Celsius or Fahrenheit. Depending on the model and accessories, the pump speed or the desired pressure can be steplessly controlled. VPC (variable pressure control) offers protection against glass breakage. The controller parameters can be selected either manually or using True Adaptive Control (TAC) - the intelligent, selfoptimising cascade controller, fully automatic guarantees the best parameters to achieve a highly dynamic temperature control. The working range can be restricted to suit requirements and the alarm response can be programmed to give an optical and/or acoustic alarm as required. The clock and calendar functions allow individual processes to be programmed and the autostart function enables the response to a mains power failure to be programmed (continue the process or go into standby). Additionally the control sensors are exceptionally simple to calibrate. Depending on the version digital and/or analogue interfaces allow data visualisation and logging. Installing a ComBox enables the connection to a process control system.

MPC-Controllers (Microprocessor Control): These modern, low-cost controllers do without the unique benefits of the Plug & Play technology. They are the low cost solution for the Minichillers®and Unichillers®in classic form and for the combination of the simple immersion circulators with baths made of Makrolon, stainless steel or with refrigerated baths. Unnecessary features have been consciously removed. You only pay for what you need. When safety is being considered, nothing is compromised.

Only three keys are required to operate the unit and the display is simple to understand. For an additional cost the MPC-controller is offered in an "Advanced” version. The functionality is extended to include an RS232 digital interface and the facility for an external sensor.

E-grade innovative activation keys for the functionality to suit your budget and process requirements Every application requires particular functions. If the circulator is to be used in a range Huber of applications it will generally require greater functionality. The required functionality grows with the complexity of the application. The innovative „E-grade” has the answer. Units with the CC-Pilot in the basic version have a comprehensive range of functions suited to the classical temperature control applications. The Egrade allows the functionality to be extended at any time to suit new process requirements and budget. E-grade stands for electronic upgrade and it is simple to do: To extend the functionality a unit specific code is entered via the controller. This code is specific to the serial number of the unit and is either already entered at the factory for new units or it can be activated at a later date. The code is sent by email. There is no requirement for a hardware or software update.

Type E-grade "Exclusive" E-grade "Professional"

678

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 100 9.699 101

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 "Petite fleur" - the baby Tango

1

The Tango is the original and smallest circulator of the Unistat® range, which has been Huber the benchmark for many years. The "Petite Fleur” in comparison with the Tango Nuevo, is ²/3 the size, ²/3 the power and ²/3 the price.

The Tango and the Unistat®s are suitable for externally open baths or closed applications, e.g. reactors. The first version of "Petite Fleur”, the baby Tango, is designed for external, closed circuit applications. With the expansion tank and the large illuminated sight glass, it is instantly recognisable as a Unistat® with all the well known advantages.

Heating capacity: Pressure pump VPC:

1.5kW 33L/min/0.9bar

Type

Temp. range °C -40 to 200 -40 to 200

petite fleur petite fleur w

Cooling capacity KW at 200/20/0/-20/-30°C 0.48/0.48/0.45/0.27/0.16 0.48/0.48/0.45/0.27/0.16

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 260 x 450 x 504 260 x 450 x 504

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

6.235 884 9.857 486

Thermostatic circulators, Unistats The Tango and the Unistats® are suitable for externally open baths or closed applications, e.g. reactors. The first version of "Petite Fleur", the baby Tango, is designed for externally closed applications. With the expansion tank and the large illuminated sight glass, it is instantly recognisable as a Unistat® with all the well known advantages. A second version for open bath applications is in preparation.

Safety class: Stability:

Huber

Fl, III better than ±0.05K

2 Thermoregulator Circulators, Unistat, -55°C

2 Huber

Heating capacity Tango/405 series: Unistat 425/425w: Unistat 430/430w: Unistat 520:

Type

Tango nuevo Tango nuevo wl Unistat 405 Unistat 405w Unistat 410w Unistat 425 Unistat 425w Unistat 430 Unistat 430w Unistat 510w

1.5/3.0kW 2.0kW 4.0kW 6.0kW

Temp. range °C -45 -45 -45 -45 -45 -40 -40 -40 -40 -50

to to to to to to to to to to

+250 +250 +250 +250 +250 +250 +250 +250 +250 +250

Pump cap.

Cooling capacity kW at 250/200/100/0/-20/-40°C

L/min / bar 55 at 0.9 55 at 0.9 55 at 0.9 55 at 0.9 55 at 0.9 105 at 1.5 105 at 1.5 90 at 1.7 90 at 1.7 105 at 1.5

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.06 0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.05 1.0/1.0/1.0/1.0/0.6/0.1 1.3/1.3/1.3/1.3/0.7/0.15 2.5/2.5/2.5/1.5/0.8/0.2 2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.8/0.2 2.8/2.8/2.8/2.5/1.9/0.2 3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 5.3/5.3/5.3/5.3/2.8/0.9

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

778 779 780 781 300 782 783 784 785 786

Pump with VPC (Variable pressure control)

E & OE.

679

high precision thermoregulation

CC-Pilot The new Compatible Control CC Pilot offer many new functions and are easy to use come with Plug & Play technology. The TFT screen clearly displays all information. The unique menu system ”Easy-Control” is virtually identical to the Unistats. A clear advantage for the users is that all Huber thermoregulation units: circulators and chillers use a universal operator interface.

The proven Plug & Play technology (since 1980) which enables a quick response in the event of service has been retained in the new generation. Also the CC-Pilot is exchangeable and (with a data cable) can be used as a remote control.

New means of introducing functionality and flexibility have been introduced. The functionality can be extended by Egrade. In the basic version the functionality is already comprehensive: The functions are self-explanitory and are listed in alphabetical order in each of the selected languages.

The language selection is at the moment (only) limited to German, English, Spanish, Italian, French and Russian.

The display can be adjusted to the operators preference.

A comprehensive list of data can be displayed or the most important information (setpoint, actual internal and process temperatures and overtemperature setpoint) can be displayed in a larger format. This allows the values to be read from a distance and to keep the important parameters in view. The display resolution in the basic version is 0.1 K. The temperature can be displayed in Celsius or Fahrenheit. Depending on the system the pump speed or maximum pressure can be steplessly controlled. VPC (variable pressure control) also protects against glass breakage.

The working range can be limited using the setpoint limiting function and the alarm response can be adjusted as required. An optical and accustic alarm can be activated in the event of an alarm. The clock and calender functions allow auto-start to be programmed. The temperature sensor can be calibrated. An RS232 interface allows data recording, the installation of a ComBox enables connection to a process control system.

Peter Huber Kältemaschinenbau GmbH · Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 1 · D-77656 Offenburg · Tel. +49-781-96030 · Fax +49-781-57211· info@huber-online.com · www.huber-online.com

high precision thermoregulation

Compatible Control

unichiller Chic: Circulator with stainless steel coat with exchangeable CC-Pilot or as Low-Cost alternative with the new MPC-Controller.

unistats

minichiller, unichiller: intelligent chiller, technology leader in economy and environmental protection.

ministats

Technology leader in thermodynamics and microelectronics: Tango Nuevo and the big unistats.

Ministats from -40 to 200 °C. Each the smallest but most powerful refrigerated circulator bath in their class.

Peter Huber Kältemaschinenbau GmbH · Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 1 · D-77656 Offenburg · Tel. +49-781-96030 · Fax +49-781-57211· info@huber-online.com · www.huber-online.com

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Thermoregulators, Unistat, -85°C

1

Huber Heating capacity Unistat 705/705w series: Unistat 815/815w series: Safety class: Supply requirements: Unistat series: Dimensions (WxDxH) Unistat 705/705w series: Unistat 815/815w series:

Type

Unistat Unistat Unistat Unistat

Temp. range

705 705w 815 815w

°C -75 -75 -85 -85

to to to to

Pump cap.

250 250 250 250

L/min / bar 55 at 0.9 55 at 0.9 40 at 0.9 40 at 0.9

1.5/3.0kW 2.0kW FL, III 400V 50Hz (815/815w) 230/400V 50Hz (705/705w) 425 x 400 x 720mm 460 x 604 x 1342mm

Cooling capacity kW at 250/200/100°C

Cooling capacity kW at 0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C

0.6/0.6/0.6 0.6/0.6/0.6 1.3/1.3/1.3 1.5/1.5/1.5

0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2 1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

792 793 794 795

Pump with VPC (Variable pressure control)

2 High temperature circulators

2

Huber Safety class: Cooling capacity kW at: unistat T305w HT/unistat T320w HT: unistat T330w HT/unistat T340w HT: unistat cc401w HT:

Type

unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat unistat

T305 T305 HT T305w HT T320 T320w HT T330 T330w HT T340 T340w HT cc401 cc401w HT

Temp. range °C (15) 65 to 300 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 (15) 65 to 300 50 to 400 (15)50 to 400

Heating

3.0/6.0kW 3.0/6.0kW 3.0/6.0kW 12.0kW 12.0kW 24.0kW 24.0kW 48.0kW 48.0kW 3.0/9.0kW 3.0/9.0kW

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 425 x 250 x 635 425 x 250 x 635 425 x 250 x 635 460 x 554 x 1332 460 x 554 x 1332 460 x 554 x 1332 460 x 554 x 1332 600 x 704 x 1517 600 x 704 x 1517 288 x 332 x 740 288 x 332 x 740

FL, III 400/300/200/100°C --/10/10/6.0 --/10/10/6.0 10/10/10/10

Supply req., 50 Hz V 230/400 230/400 230/400 400 400 400 400 400 400 230/400 230/400

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

301 303 304 302 305 306 307 308 309 311 312

(15): Range can be extended down to 15°C using accessory external cooling

Unichiller in alternative bench-top or tower housing formats Unichillers are intelligent chillers which are used mainly as an environmentally friendly and economic alternative to tap water for Huber process cooling. Low temperatures increase efficiency and recovery rates in condensation processes. In contrast to tap water a set-point can be selected between -10/-20°C to 40°C and controlled with a temperature stability of ±0.5°C. The product range includes 27 air cooled and 26 water cooled models, with cooling powers from 0.3kW to 50kW. Most models can be factory fitted with a heater if required. Housings are made of stainless steel to ensure long life.

Compact, value-for-money units are available in classic look with cooling powers up to 2.5kW for cooling applications in the lab. Models from Minichiller to UC 025w are suitable for on or under the lab bench.

The proven Huber tower housing models offer power with small footprints. These top models have the exchangeable Compatible Control CC-Pilot. These models are used in both research and production, the range of cooling powers available is from 1.6 to 100kW.

680

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Minichiller

1

Small, robust and cost effective with its stainless steel casing. The Minichiller® is the Huber smallest Unichiller® in the World. Minichillers® are available with air or water-cooled refrigeration systems, illuminated level indicator, overflow and drain on the front. The filling port is on the top of the unit.

Supply req.: Dimensions (WxDxH): Type

minichiller* minichiller w*

230V 50Hz 225 x 360 x 380mm

Temp. range

Pump cap.

°C -20 to 40 -20 to 40

L/min / bar 20 at 0.2 20 at 0.2

Cooling capacity kW at 15/0/-10°C 0.3/0.2/0.14 0.3/0.2/0.14

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.857 717 9.857 754

*Also available as ”advanced“ version.

(Advanced: -RS232/serial with the LAI commands G,v,L; (SpyLight compatible) -PT100 for sensor relocation (jacket control))

2 Unichillers, bench-top

2

Conventional Unichiller units provide cooling powers from 0.3 to 2.5kW. Two, Huber water-cooled models with tower profile housings ensure a minimal footprint. Excellent control is achieved using a modern, easy to use, microprocessor-based controller with a large display. Thanks to high safety standards and robust construction, they are particularly suited to continuous operation, removing process heat . With the exception of the two models in tower housings, all units can be factory fitted with optional heating and independent overtemperature protection. The maximum working temperature increases to 100°C and the temperature stability is ±0.5K. The new construction allows constant operation in ambient temperatures up to 40°C. The watercooled models are especially quiet and require little cooling water even at full cooling power. Due to increasing costs of water the ROI is exceptionally short. All models with maximum pump pressure of 3bar have an adjustable bypass and pressure gauge.

Type

UC006 UC007 UC010 UC012 UC012w UC015 UC015w UC022 UC022w UC023w UC025 UC025w

Temp. range °C -20 -20 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10

to to to to to to to to to to to to

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Supply req., 50 Hz

Pump cap.

V 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230

L/min / bar 30 at 0.7 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0 25 at 3.0

Cooling capacity kW at 15/0/-10°C

PK

0.6/0.5/0.22 0.7/0.55/0.35 1.0/0.8/0.5 1.2/1.0/0.7 1.2/1.0/0.7 1.5/1.0/0.4 1.5/1.0/0.4 2.2/1.6/1.0 2.2/1.6/1.0 2.0/2.0/1.3 2.5/2.0/1.2 2.5/2.0/1.2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

360 659 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370

All Unichiller also available as ”advanced“ version.

(Advanced: -RS232/serial with the LAI commands G,v,L; (SpyLight compatible) -PT100 for sensor relocation (jacket control))

3 Unichiller (bench mounting) with water cooled refrigeration unit The models UC006Tw and UC009Tw have a footprint of only 230 x 280mm and are therefore suitable for installation in laboratory furniture or in extract hoods. The water-cooled chillers emit almost no heat and require minimal amounts of cooling water.

3 Huber

Pump capacity 30 L/min, pressure 0.7 bar.

Supply requirements: 230V 50Hz

Type

UC006Tw-NR UC009Tw-NR

Temp. range °C -20 to 40 -25 to 40

Cooling capacity kW at 15 °C

Cooling capacity kW at 0/-10/-20°C

0.6 0.9

0.45/0.4/0.25 0.7/0.4/0.2

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 230 x 280 x 540 230 x 280 x 540 E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.857 050 9.857 053

681

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Unichiller (free standing unit) with air cooled refrigeration unit

1

All models require 400V 50Hz supplies, except UC017T, UC020T and UC025T which require 230V 50Hz.

Type

UC017T UC020T UC025T UC040T UC045T UC055T UC060T UC080T

Temp. range °C -10 -20 -10 -10 -20 -10 -20 -10

to to to to to to to to

Pump cap.

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

L/min / bar 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 65 at 5.5 65 at 5.5 90 at 5.5

Cooling capacity kW at 15/0/-10/-20°C

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 450 x 450 x 450 x 500 x 500 x 600 x 600 x 600 x

1.7/0.9/0.4/2.0/2.0/1.5/0.8 2.5/1.2/0.6/4.0/2.5/1.5/4.5/4.5/2.9/1.5 5.5/3.0/1.3/6.0/6.0/3.9/2.0 8.0/4.8/2.5/-

510 510 510 550 550 632 630 790

x x x x x x x x

Huber

PK

1160 1160 1160 1420 1420 1610 1600 1610

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

All models require 400V 50Hz supplies, except UC017Tw, UC020Tw and UC025Tw which require 230V 50Hz.

UC017Tw UC020Tw UC025Tw UC030Tw UC040Tw UC055Tw UC060Tw UC080Tw

3

320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327

Temp. range °C -10 -20 -10 -20 -10 -10 -20 -10

to to to to to to to to

Pump cap.

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Cooling capacity kW at 15/0/-10/-20°C

L/min / bar 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 27 at 3.0 65 at 5.5 65 at 5.5 90 at 5.5

1.7/0.9/0.4/2.0/2.0/1.5/0.8 2.5/1.2/0.6/3.0/3.0/2.0/1.0 4.0/2.5/1.5/5.5/4.0/2.0/6.0/6.0/3.8/2.1 8.0/4.65/2.35/-

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 400 x 400 x 400 x 400 x 400 x 500 x 500 x 500 x

440 440 440 440 440 552 552 552

x x x x x x x x

Huber

PK

1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1261 1261 1261

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347

3 Immersion Thermostats CC-E/MPC-E Immersion thermostats are the basis of many combinations of polycarbonate and stainless steel baths. Together with a cooling bath, exact and reproducible temperatures down to -30°C are possible.

Temp. control range °C: (-30) 25 to 200°C Safety class: FL, III Heating capacity kW: 2kW suction max. (CC-E): 25L/min at 0.4 bar suction max. (MPC-E): 17L/min at 0.18 bar Immersion depth: 150mm Type

CC-E MPC-E

Stability Pump cap.

Dimensions (W x D x H)

K L/min / bar 0.01* 27 at 0.7 0.05* 20 at 0.2

mm 132 x 159 x 315 132 x 153 x 312

* according to DIN 12876, measured in 12-litre stainless steel bath.

682

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

2 Unichiller (free-standing) with air cooled refrigeration unit

2

Type

Cat. No.

E & OE.

Huber

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 102 9.699 109

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

1 Thermostatic baths with polycarbonate tanks The transparent polycarbonate baths are suitable for use up to 100°C. An Immersion Thermostat is mounted on the bath bridge for all models. With a pump adapter, this combination can also be used with external, closed applications. Models with the CC-Pilot controller have a variable speed pressure/suction pump and are therefore also suitable for external open applications.

Temperature max.: Stability at 70°C to DIN12876 MPC-E: CC-E: Safety class: Bath depth: Type

CC-106A MPC-106A CC-108A MPC-108A CC-110A MPC-110A CC-112A MPC-112A CC-118A MPC-118A

Huber

100°C 0.05K 0.01K FL, III 150mm

Bath capacity

Bath opening

Pressure pump cap.

Dimensions (W x D x H)

L 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 18 18

mm 130 x 130 x 130 x 130 x 130 x 130 x 303 x 303 x 303 x 303 x

L/min bar 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2

mm 147 x 147 x 147 x 147 x 147 x 147 x 333 x 333 x 333 x 333 x

110 110 210 210 310 310 161 161 321 321

307 307 407 407 507 507 360 360 520 520

x x x x x x x x x x

PK

330 330 330 330 330 330 335 335 335 335

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

509 474 512 476 513 477 514 478 515 479

2 Thermostatic baths with stainless steel tanks The insulated stainless steel baths are suitable for use up to 200°C. All models have a bridge-mounted CC-E and MPC-E Immersion Thermostat. With a pump adapter, this combination can also be used with external*, closed applications. Models with the CC-Pilot controller have a variable speed pressure/suction pump and are therefore also suitable for external open applications.

Stability to DIN 12876: Type CC: Type MPC: Max. temp.: Safety class: Type

CC-208B MPC-208B CC-212B MPC-212B CC-215B MPC-215B CC-220B MPC-220B CC-225B MPC-225B

0.02K 0.05K 200°C FL, III

Bath capacity

Bath opening

L 8.5 8.5 12 12 15 15 20 20 25 25

mm 230 x 230 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x

127 127 152 152 152 152 329 329 329 329

Bath tank Pressure pump depth cap. mm 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 200 200

L/min bar 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 290 x 290 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x

350 350 375 375 375 375 555 555 555 555

x x x x x x x x x x

375 375 375 375 425 425 375 375 425 425

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.699 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

105 425 516 426 517 427 518 428 519 429

*with option level control

E & OE.

683

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

3

1 Heating Circulation Thermostats Good things come in small packages! Thanks to their low bath volumes the CC-202C and CC-205B are especially suitable for controlling the temperature of small external applications. The temperature of small objects can also be controlled by placing them directly in the bath. Both models have a variable speed pressure/suction pump with variable pressure control (VPC). The maximum working temperature is 200°C. Temp. control range: (-30) 45 to 200°C Stability to DIN 12876: 0.01K Safety class: FL, III Bath depth: 150mm Heating capacity: 2kW Pump Pressure max.: 27L/min. at 0.7bar Suction max: 25 L/min. at 0.4bar Type

CC-202C CC-205B

Bath opening

Dimensions (W x D x H)

mm 25 dia.

105 x 90

mm 178 x 260 x 355 178 x 337 x 355

Huber

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 103 9.699 108

(-30): Range can be extended down to -30°C using accessory external cooling

2 Visco-Thermostats The “Visco-Thermostats” are designed for capillary viscometery or for density measurements. They are constructed from transparent polycarbonate and are suitable for temperatures from 20 to 80°C. They have a cooling coil for connection of an external cooler (e.g. a Minichiller).

The Visco 3-Model features a steel cover to facilitate three measurement inserts of 90 x 90mm. The Visco 5-Model is fitted with a steel cover with five, 51mm diameter apertures.

Bath depth: Heating capacity: Pressure max.: Type

CC-130A Visco 3 CC-130A Visco 5

Huber

310mm 2kW 27L/min. at 0.7bar Temp. range

Bath opening

°C 100 max.

100 max.

mm 90 x 90 51 dia.

Capacity Dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 31 500 x 205 x 490 31 500 x 205 x 490

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

6.234 611 6.234 612

3 Bridge Thermostats Bridge thermostats are suitable for use with a range of baths. The variable speed pressure/suction pump with VPC Technology is ideal for external thermoregulation applications. Models with wider heating capacities are suitable for larger baths. The telescopic arms supporting the thermostats can be extended up to 884mm.

Type

CC200BX CC300BX

Temp. range °C (-20) 28 to 200 (-20) 28 to 300

Heating capacity W 2000 3000 / 4000

Supply req., 50 Hz V 230 230/400

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 345 x 200 x 326 345 x 190 x 392

(-20): Range can be extended down to -20°C using accessory external cooling

684

E & OE.

Huber

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.857 506 9.857 507

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 2

1

1 Heating bath circulators For temperatures up to 300°C. Extremely compact models have a finely adjustable, ”vpc“ pressure/suction pump. Pump pressure can be controlled from the user menu, using an optional pressure sensor, so protecting your glassware or other delicate apparatus from damage.

Temp. control range: Safety class: Pump data Pressure max.: Suction max.: Stability to DIN 12876: Type

CC-304B CC-308B CC-315B

Volume litres 5.0 8.5 / 5.2* 15 / 8.5*

Huber

(-20) 28 to 300°C FL, III 33L/min. at 0.7bar 22L/min. at 0.4bar 0.02K Heating capacity W 2000 3000 3000/4000

Supply req., 50 Hz V 230 230 230/400

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 210 x 335 x 392 242 x 404 x 392 335 x 382 x 433

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

6.234 076 7.619 155 9.857 473

(-20): Range can be extended down to -20°C using accessory external cooling *using displacement insert

2 Refrigerated circulator baths Combinations of immersion circulators and insulated refrigeration baths are low-cost solutions for direct thermoregulation within the temperature range -20/-30°C to 200°C. The refrigeration baths operate with natural refrigerants. A pump adapter (optional) can be fitted for thermoregulation of externally closed applications. Models with the CC-Pilot controller have a variable speed pressure/suction pump and are therefore suitable for external open thermoregulation applications. The temperature stability is 0.02K for the CCmodels and 0.05K for the MPC-models.

Type

K12-cc-NR K12-mpc-NR K15-cc-NR K15-mpc-NR K20-cc-NR K20-mpc-NR K25-cc-NR K25-mpc-NR

Temp.working range °C -20 to 200 -20 to 200 -20 to 200 -20 to 200 -30 to 200 -30 to 200 -30 to 200 -30 to 200

Cooling capacity kW at 0/-10/-20°C 0.2/0.12/0.05 0.2/0.12/0.05 0.2/0.12/0.05 0.2/0.12/0.05 0.35/0.27/0.16 0.35/0.27/0.16 0.35/0.27/0.16 0.35/0.27/0.16

Bath capacity

Bath opening

Dimensions (W x D x H)

Pump cap.

L 12 12 15 15 20 20 25 25

mm 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x

mm 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x

L/min / bar 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2 27 at 0.7 20 at 0.2

152 152 152 152 329 329 329 329

E & OE.

560 560 560 560 555 555 555 555

x x x x x x x x

430 430 430 430 615 615 615 615

Huber

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378

685

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

1 2 Cooling Circulators, K series The K6 models are compact refrigeration bath circulators for temperatures from -25 to 200°C. These units are a combination of a miniature refrigerated bath and immersion circulator CC-E and MPC-E, in combination with a pump adapter they are suitable for external applications. The combination with the immersion circulator CC-E or MPC-E with its suction/pressure pump is suitable for externally open and closed applications. The temperature stability is better than 0.02 K to DIN 12876. The K6 models and the powerful K6s-CC are low cost alternatives to the Ministat 125, the smallest refrigeration circulator in the world and bestseller since 1976.

Temperature stability to DIN 12876: 0.02K Safety class: FL, III Heating capacity: 2kW Pressure pump K6-cc-NR/K6s-cc-NR: 27L/min at 0.7 bar K6-mpc-NR/K6s-mpc-NR: 20L/min at 0.2 bar Type

K6-cc-NR K6-mpc-NR K6s-cc-NR K6s-mpc-NR

3

Temp. range °C -25 -25 -25 -25

to to to to

200 200 200 200

Bath capacity

Bath opening

L 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

mm 140 x 140 x 140 x 140 x

120 120 120 120

Cooling capacity kW at 0/-10/-20°C 0.15/0.1/0.05 0.15/0.1/0.05 0.21/0.15/0.05 0.21/0.15/0.05

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 210 x 210 x 210 x 210 x

400 400 400 400

x x x x

Huber

PK

546 546 546 546

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.699 9.857 9.857 9.857

106 447 577 448

3 Cooling thermostat for a range of baths variostat cc This unique immersion circulator can thermoregulate a wide range of baths between Huber -30°C and 150°C. This innovative construction allows the user ultimate flexibility. The circulation can be adjusted to suit the bath size using the stepless, variable speed suction/pressure pump. The pump can also be controlled with an optional pressure sensor for external applications.

Temperature stability to DIN 12876: Heating capacity: Pressure pump:

Type

variostat cc

686

Temp. range

Bath capacity

°C -30 to 150

L variable

0.02K 1 kW 18L/min at 0.6bar

Cooling capacity kW at 100/20/0/-20/-30°C 0.3/0.3/0.2/0.12/0.03

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

6.232 378

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

1 Bath Circulators, ministat 125-cc/230-cc/240-cc Refrigerated, thermostatic, circulator bath with air-cooled refrigeration compressor. With powerful, variable speed, pressure and suction pump, stainless steel housing. CFC and H-CFC free. Adjustable overtemperature protection according to DIN 12876.

Type

ministat ministat ministat ministat ministat ministat

Temp. range °C -25 -25 -40 -40 -45 -45

125-cc 125w-cc 230-cc 230w-cc 240-cc 240w-cc

to to to to to to

150 150 200 200 200 200

Heating Cooling capacity capacity kW at 0 °C W 1000 0.20 1000 0.20 2000 0.38 2000 0.38 2000 0.55 2000 0.55

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 225 x 225 x 225 x 225 x 300 x 300 x

370 370 450 450 465 465

x x x x x x

Huber

PK

429 429 476 476 516 516

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

7.635 6.235 6.232 6.233 7.619 6.233

266 633 424 587 949 762

2 Compatible Control Refrigerated Circulators to -45°C Huber, refrigerated, bath circulators in classic form perform safe and repeatable heating and cooling tasks in the lab. Natural refrigerants for environmentally friendly operation are available on request. A powerful variable speed pressure/suction pump allows the thermoregulation of objects in the bath or external applications. The pump speed is steplessly controlled. In combination with an optional pressure sensor the maximum pressure can be controlled. VPC (variable pressure control) ensures the best circulation and protects delicate glass apparatus from breakage due to overpressure. Small volume and high heating and cooling powers result in the shortest heating and cooling rates. All models have Active Cooling Control for cooling power control at the maximum working temperature and an automatic cooling power regulation for energy saving operation and reduced heat dissipation into the lab. All models have the CC Pilot control with Plug&Play technology: In the event of service the controller can simply be swapped. The CC Pilot can be used as a remote control (with data cable). The wide ranging functionality is supported by a large TFT display and simple operation. Huber refrigeration circulators can be equipped with a Combox to Namur standard enabling integration in a process control system.

Typical applications for these classics are the thermoregulation of externally closed circulation systems, e.g. photometers, refractometers, viscosimeters, double-jacketed reactors and autoclaves.

Specifications Pump data max. Pressure: max. Suction: Temp. stability acc. to DIN12876: Type

CC-405 CC-405w CC-410wl CC-415 CC-415wl

Temp. range °C -40 -40 -45 -40 -40

to to to to to

Volume,

200 200 200 200 200

litres 5 5 22 / 8.5* 5 5

Huber

33L/min. at 0.7bar 22L/min. at 0.4bar 0.02K Heating Cooling capacity capacity KW at 100/20/0/-20/-30/-40°C W 1500 0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03 1500 0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03 3000 0.8/0.8/0.8/0.5/0.15/0.1 1500 1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05 1500 1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 6.233 9.857

495 496 497 023 499

*using displacement insert

E & OE.

687

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Cryostats, to -55°C

1

Compact design and high cooling capacity at low temperatures.

Heating capacity CC-505/CC-505wl: CC-510 to CC-525w: Pump data CC-505/CC-505wl max. pressure: max. suction: Pump data CC-510 to CC-525w max. pressure: max. suction: Supply requirement CC-505/CC-505wl: CC-510 to CC-525w: Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876: Type

CC-505 CC-505wl CC-510 CC-510w CC-515 CC-515w CC-520w CC-525w

Temp. range °C -50 -50 -50 -50 -55 -55 -55 -55

to to to to to to to to

Volume,

200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100

litres 5 5 18 / 11* 18 / 11* 26 / 15* 18 / 11* 17 / 10* 17 / 10*

Huber

1.5kW 3.0kW 33L/min./0.7bar 22L/min./0.4bar 31L/min /0.6bar 24L/min /0.35bar 230V/50Hz 400V/50Hz ±0.02K

Cooling capacity KW at 100/20/0/-20/-40°C

PK

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.15 1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.15 2.1/2.1/2.1/1.0/0.4 2.4/2.4/2.4/1.0/0.4 3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6 3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6 5.0/5.0/5.0/3.0/1.5 7.0/7.0/5.0/3.0/1.5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467

*using displacement insert

2 Compatible Control Refrigerated Circulators to -90°C

2

The CC-805 is a low cost alternative for low temperature applications when low power is required.

Pump data CC-805: max. pressure: max. suction: Pump data CC-820 to CC-906w: max. pressure: max. suction: Supply requirement: CC-815: Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876:

Type

CC-805 CC-815 CC-820 CC-820w CC-905 CC-905w CC-906w

Temp. range °C -80 -85 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90

to to to to to to to

Volume,

100 100 100 100 100 100 200

litres 5 5 17 / 10* 17 / 10* 26 / 15* 26 / 15* 26 / 15*

33L/min at 0.7bar 22L/min at 0.4bar 31L/min at 0.6bar 24L/min at 0.35bar 400V 50Hz 230V 50Hz ±0.02 K

Heating Cooling capacity KW at capacity 100/20/0/-20/-40/-60°C W 1500 1500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

PK

0.5/0.5/0.5/0.4/0.3/0.3 1.0/1.0/1.0/0.8/0.75/0.6 1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.6 1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.6 2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0 2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0 3.0/3.0/3.0/2.8/2.4/1.6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

*using displacement insert

688

Huber

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

441 444 442 443 445 446 449

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Refrigerated Baths

1

The refrigerated baths K12 to K25 use natural refrigerants. The immersion circulator Huber controls the temperature. In combination with an immersion circulator, these refrigerated baths can cover the complete temperature range. The refrigeration system offers active cooling, in continuous operation over the complete working range.

Temp. control range: K12-NR/K15-NR: K20-NR/K25-NR: Type

K12-NR K15-NR K20-NR K25-NR

-20 to 200°C -30 to 200°C

Bath capacity

Bath tank Bath depth opening

L 12 15 20 25

mm 150 200 150 200

mm 290 x 290 x 290 x 290 x

Cooling capacity kW at 0/-10/-20°C

320 320 500 500

0.18/0.1/0.05 0.2/0.12/0.05 0.35/0.27/0.16 0.35/0.27/0.16

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 350 x 350 x 350 x 350 x

560 560 555 555

x x x x

PK

263 263 448 448

1 1 1 1

2 Beer Forced Ageing Test Thermostats

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

487 488 489 494

2

We offer a special air or water cooled thermostat unit for the Beer Forced Ageing Test.

Huber Both models are equipped with a comfortable programmer for the standard adjustment between 0°C and 60°C within a 24 hour cycle. The BFT 2 is for 20 bottles in the Original Eurobox. The CFC free units comply with the safety class FL, III. All models comply with Safety Class FL, III. The housing and bath are made entirely of stainless steel.

Dimensions (WxDxH): BFT1/BFT1w: BFT2/BFT2w: BFT4:

Type

BFT1 BFT1w BFT2 BFT2w BFT4

420 x 565 x 719mm 670 x 715 x 1105mm 540 x 605 x 801mm

Temp. range

Bath opening

°C 0 to 0 to 0 to 0 to 0 to

mm 280 x 280 x 530 x 530 x 300 x

80 80 80 80 80

280 280 400 400 400

Bath tank depth

mm 150 150 360 360 300

Heating Cooling capacity capacity kW at 20 °C W 2000 1.0 2000 1.0 3000 2.5 3000 2.5 2000 0.35

PK

1 1 1 1 1

3 Thread adapters

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

420 421 422 423 424

3 Huber

Type

PK

M16x1 male - M16x1 male M16x1 female - M16x1 female M16x1 male - ½" male M16x1 male - ½" female M16x1 female - ½" male M16x1 female - ½" female M16x1 male - ¾" female M16x1 female - ¾" female M16x1 female - M30x1.5 male M16x1 male - M30x1.5 male M16x1male - M30x1.5 female M24x1.5 female - M16x1 male M24x1.5 female - ¾" NPT female M24x1.5 male - M16x1 female M24x1.5 male - ½" female M24x1.5 female - ½" male M24x1.5 male - M24x1.5 male M30x1.5 male - M30x1.5 male M30x1.5 female - 3/8" male M30x1.5 male - ½" male M30x1.5 male - ½" female M30x1.5 female - ½" male M30x1.5 female - ½" female M30x1.5 male - ¾" male M30x1.5 male - ¾" female M30x1.5 female - ¾" NPT male M30x1.5 female - ¾" female M30x1.5 male - 1" male M30x1.5 female - 1" female ½" female - ½" female ½" female - ¾" NTP female M38x1.5 female - 1" NPT male M38x1.5 female - M30x1.5 male M38x1.5 female - ¾" male

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 6.227 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 404 209 210 211 212 213 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 208 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202

689

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

1 Accessories M16x1 Huber Accessories

PK

Hose connector NW 8 Hose connector NW 12 Blank plug Nut Micro hose connector NW 3.2 Connector 90° Ball valve 2-way Header 3-way Header 4-way Header 5-way Header 2-way Valve System 3-way Valve System 4-way Valve System 5-way Valve System

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 206 155 156 157 207

2

2 Adjustable Electronic Peltier Thermostat PT 31 This electronic water-bath thermostat with Peltier element is a versatile, A. Krüss Optronic high-performance instrument . In one application, for example, it can be used to set the correct refractometer temperature. It is extremely robust, compact and easy to operate. Thanks to its small footprint it does not take up valuable space in the laboratory.

Specifications Temperature range: Accuracy of temperature: Resolution: Pump performance: Max. pump pressure: Cooling power: Heating power: Power supply: Dimensions (WxDxH): Weight:

690

8° to 40°C, adjustable ±0.2°C 0.1°C 20 l/h 2000 Pa 15 W 30 W 115 - 230 V a.c.

80 x 140 x 210 mm 1.5 kg

Type

PK

Cat. No.

PT31

1

9.841 515

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Hose connection tubing, metal

1

Insulated.

Huber

Type

NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW NW

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25

M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M24 M24 M24 M24 M24 M24 M24 M24 M30 M30 M30 M30 M38 M38 M38 M38

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Ext. Temp.diam. working range mm °C 33 -50 to 200 33 -50 to 200 33 -50 to 200 33 -50 to 200 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 44 -100 to 350 56 -120 to 400 56 -120 to 400 56 -120 to 400 56 -120 to 400 56 -100 to 350 56 -100 to 350 56 -100 to 350 56 -100 to 350 63 -100 to 350 63 -100 to 350 63 -100 to 350 63 -100 to 350

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

Length

PK

cm 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300 100 150 200 300

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 6.229 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

214 215 216 217 121 122 045 124 218 781 219 220 046 047 048 049 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132

2 Thermoregulators Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC and ME For thermoregulation of bath tanks up to 50 litres. With bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26 mm or retort stand mounting using accessory rod.

2 JULABO

Economy ED series - Bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C - Keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value - PID1 temperature control - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 12876-1) Economy EH series - Enhanced temperature range up to +150°C - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) TopTech MB series - Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage - PID2 temperature control with drift compensation - ATC3 3-Point-Calibration - Early warning system for low liquid level - RS232 interface - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 12876-1) TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with: - PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with: - VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C - Pt100 External sensor connection - Integral programmer for 10 programme steps

Type

Economy ED Economy EH TopTech MB TopTech MC TopTech ME

Temp. range °C 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to

100 150 100 200 200

Temp. Pump stability cap. ± °C 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.031

PK

L/min / bar 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 10 at 0.12 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45

1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858

003 000 001 002 004

691

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

1 Circulator baths, Economy ED, EH series and TopTech MB, MC series Open bath circulator for internal and external temperature tasks directly in the bath.

Working temperature ranges: - with stainless steel bath tank: up to 100°C (without suffix) - with Plexiglas bath tank up to 60°C (Suffix 'A') - with Makrolon bath tank up to 100°C (Suffix 'M') Economy ED series - Bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C - Keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value - PID1 temperature control - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1) Economy EH series - Extended temperature range up to +150°C - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3) TopTech MB series - Multi-Display (LED) for actual and set-point values, warning/safety functions and pump status - PID2 temperature control with drift compensation - ATC3 3-Point-Calibration - Early warning system for low liquid level - RS232 interface

Type

Economy ED-5A Economy ED-5M Economy ED-5 Economy EH-5 Economy EH-13 Economy EH-19 Economy EH-27 Economy EH-33 Economy EH-39 TopTech MB-5A TopTech MB-7A TopTech MB-5M TopTech MB-5

692

Temp. range °C 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to

60 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 60 60 100 100

Temp. Pump stability cap. ± °C 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

L/min / bar 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12

Capacity

JULABO

PK

L 5 5 4.5 4.5 13 19 27 33 39 5 7 5 4.5

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.858 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.858

037 812 032 036 056 057 058 059 060 034 035 820 031

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Circulator Baths, Economy ED and TopTech MB series Open bath circulators only for lower temperature range tasks performed internally, directly in the bath.

Working temperature ranges: - with stainless steel bath tank : up to 100°C (without suffix) - with Plexiglas bath tank up to 60°C (Suffix 'A') - with Makrolon bath tank up to 100°C (Suffix 'M')

1 JULABO

Economy ED series - Bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C - Keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value - PID1 temperature control - Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection TopTech MB series - Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump status - PID2 temperature control with drift compensation - ATC3 3-Point-Calibration - Early warning system for low liquid level - RS232 interface

Type

Temp. range

Economy ED-5A/B Economy ED-7A/B Economy ED-5M/B Economy ED-13A Economy ED-19A Economy ED-13M Economy ED-19M Economy ED-13 Economy ED-19 Economy ED-27 Economy ED-33 TopTech MB-13A TopTech MB-19A TopTech MB-13 TopTech MB-17 TopTech MB-19

°C 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to

60 60 100 60 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 60 60 100 100 100

Temp. Pump stability cap. ± °C 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

L/min / bar 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12 10 at 0.12

Capacity

L 5 7 5 13 19 13 19 13 19 27 33 13 19 13 17 19

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858

804 805 806 028 029 807 808 016 017 010 810 025 030 011 020 012

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

E & OE.

693

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Heating circulator baths, TopTech and HighTech series with pressure pump

1

Principally for temperature control of external systems. Models with pressure and JULABO suction pump generally have a higher capacity and can be used for larger and open circuit systems. Smaller vessels can be thermoregulated directly in the bath tank. For working at lower temperature ranges the cooling coil is integrated.

TopTech MC series - Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump status - PID2, temperature control with drift compensation - ATC3, 3-point calibration - early warning system for low liquid level - RS232 interface - PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but with additional: - VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C - Pt100 external sensor connection HighTech HE, SE series - as TopTech ME, but with additional: - ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimising temperature control - powerful pressure and suction pump. Pressure 0.4 to 0.7 bar, Suction 0.2 to 0.4 bar HighTech HL, SL series - as HighTech HE, SE, but with additional: - LCD Dialogue Display for convenient interactive operation - TCF Temperature Control Features to optimise control behaviour - integral programmer for 6 x 60 programme steps - connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump

Type

TopTech MC-4 TopTech MC-6 TopTech MC-12 TopTech MC-26 TopTech ME-4 TopTech ME-6 TopTech ME-12 TopTech ME-26 HighTech HE-4 HighTech SE-6 HighTech SE-12 HighTech SE-26 HighTech HL-4 HighTech SL-6 HighTech SL-12 HighTech SL-26

694

Temp. range °C 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 300 300 300 250 300 300 300

Temp. Pump stability cap. ± °C 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

L/min / bar 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7

Suction

bar 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to

0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.858 9.857 9.858 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858

041 828 043 830 831 824 832 833 044 049 047 048 050 054 051 052

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Refrigerated circulator baths, Economy ED, EH series, TopTech MB, MC, ME and HighTech HE, HL series

1

For temperature control of external closed circuit systems, such as photometers, refractometers, viscometers etc.

Smaller objects can be thermoregulated directly in the bath tank.

Economy ED series - bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C - keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value - PID1 temperature control - adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 12876-1) Economy EH series - extended temperature range up to +150°C - adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) TopTech MB series - Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage - PID2 temperature control with drift compensation - ATC3, 3-point calibration - early warning system for low liquid level - RS232 interface - adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 12876-1) TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with: - PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity - adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with: - VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C - Pt100 external sensor connection - integral programmer for 10 programme steps HighTech HE series - as TopTech ME, but additionally with: - ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control - powerful pressure and suction pump, capacity max. 1.1 bar, electronically adjustable HighTech HL series - as HighTech HE, but additionally with: - LCD Dialogue Display, backlit for convenient interactive operation - TCF Temperature Control Features to optimise control behaviour - integral programmer for 6 x 60 programme steps - connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump

Type

Economy F12-ED Economy F25-ED* Economy F26-ED** Economy F34-ED Economy F12-EH Economy F25-EH Economy F32-EH Economy F34-EH Economy F38-EH TopTech F12-MC TopTech F25-MC TopTech F25-ME* TopTech F26-ME**

Temp. range °C -20 -28 -28 -30 -20 -28 -35 -30 -35 -20 -28 -20 -28

to to to to to to to to to to to to to

+100 +100 +100 +100 +150 +150 +150 +150 +80 +200 +200 +200 +200

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at 20/0/-20°C

Pump cap.

± °C 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

0.16/0.1/0.02 0.26/0.2/0.06 0.26/0.2/0.06 0.45/0.32/0.14 0.16/0.1/0.02 0.26/0.2/0.06 0.45/0.39/0.15 0.45/0.32/0.14 0.92/0.66/0.32 0.16/0.1/0.02 0.26/0.2/0.06 0.26/0.2/0.06 0.26/0.2/0.06

L/min / bar 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 11 to 16 at 0.23 11 to 16 at 0.23 11 to 16 at 0.23 11 to 16 at 0.23

PK

to to to to

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Cat. No.

9.857 9.858 9.857 9.858 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.857 9.858

841 062 844 075 843 842 846 847 848 850 061 849 066

* Compact units **Low-profile design

562

541

E & OE.

545

123

695

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 Refrigerated circulator baths, Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC, ME series and HighTech HE, HL series JULABO Type

TopTech F32-MC TopTech F33-MC TopTech F34-MC TopTech FP35-MC TopTech F32-ME TopTech F33-ME TopTech F34-ME HighTech F25-HE HighTech F32-HE HighTech F34-HE HighTech F25-HL HighTech F32-HL HighTech F33-HL HighTech F34-HL HighTech FP35-HL Economy F33-EH

Temp. range °C -35 -30 -30 -35 -35 -30 -30 -28 -35 -30 -28 -35 -30 -30 -35 -30

to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to

Temp. Cooling capacity kW stability at 20/0/-20°C ± °C 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0,01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0,03

200 200 150 150 200 200 150 200 200 150 200 200 200 150 150 150

0.45/0.39/0.15 0.50/0.32/0.12 0.45/0.32/0.14 0.45/0.39/0.15 0.45/0.39/0.15 0.50/0.32/0.12 0.45/0.32/0.14 0.26/0.20/0.06 0.45/0.39/0.15 0.45/0.32/0.14 0.26/0.20/0.06 0.45/0.39/0.15 0.50/0.32/0.12 0.45/0.32/0.14 0.45/0.39/0.15 0,5/0,32/0,12

Pump cap.

Suction

L/min / bar 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 15 at 0,35

bar 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to -

0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.858 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.858 9.857 6.230

069 078 074 856 857 858 859 063 071 867 064 072 870 085 872 445

5 Refrigerated circulator baths Economy ED, EH series, TopTech MB, MC, ME and HighTech HE, HL series JULABO Type

TopTech FP40-MC TopTech FP50-MC TopTech FP40-ME TopTech FP50-ME HighTech FP40-HE HighTech FP45-HE HighTech FP50-HE HighTech FP40-HL HighTech FP45-HL HighTech FP50-HL

Temp. range °C -40 -50 -40 -50 -40 -42 -50 -40 -42 -50

to to to to to to to to to to

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at 20/0/-20/-40°C

Pump cap.

Suction

± °C 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 0.85/0.7/0.42/0.08 0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 0.85/0.7/0.42/0.08 0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16

L/min / bar 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7

bar 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to

FP-models: air-cooled

5

696

E & OE.

0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.858 9.858 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.858 9.858

080 081 862 863 455 458 456 878 459 460

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Refrigerated circulator baths series Economy and HighTech

1

The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and safety class 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as ventilated air cooling allow the units to be positioned very closely together, with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The instruments incorporate reliable Microprocessor electronics offering high temperature stability as well as warning and safety functions.

Economy line CF30, CF40 - Ergonomic design and easy operation - Compact dimensions require minimal space - Splash-proof keypad - Large, bright LED temperature display - Precise PID temperature control - RS232 interface for PC connection - Adjustable high temperature cut-out - Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1 - Pump connections for external temperature applications - Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath - Front drain HighTech line CF31, CF41 Generally as Economy line but additionally with: - Bright VFD display and interactive LCD dialogue display - Highly precise ICC cascade temperature control - RS232/RS485 interface for PC connection - Electronically adjustable pump output - External Pt100 sensor connection - Integrated programmer with 6x60 program steps - Early warning system for low liquid level - 3-point calibration - TCF Temperature Control Features

Type

CF30 CF40 CF31 CF41

Temp. range °C -30 -40 -30 -40

to to to to

150 150 200 200

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at 20/0/-20°C

Pump cap.

Suction

± °C 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

0.32 0.47 0.32 0.47

L/min / bar 15 at 0.35 15 at 0.35 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7

bar 0.2 to 0.4 0.2 to 0.4

562

/ / / /

0.25 / 0.15 0.4 / 0.28 0.25 / 0.15 0.4 / 0.28

541

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1

545

Cat. No.

9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858

086 087 088 089

123

697

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Ultra-low refrigerated, Circulator Baths TopTech ME series and HighTech HL, SL series

1

Ultra-low refrigerated, circulators suitable for external heating and cooling tasks.

JULABO Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee short heat-up and cooling times. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by means of an easily removed, vent grille. The units are equipped with handles or castors for easy manoeuvring. All models have a drain tap on the front, allowing the fluid to be emptied easily. Additionally the instruments are equipped with improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display.

TopTech ME series - VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C - keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions - PID3 cascade temperature control - ATC3, 3-point calibration - Pt100 external sensor connection for measurement and control - PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity - early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8) - adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display - RS232 interface - integral programmer for 10 programme steps - Active Cooling Control HighTech HL, SL series - as TopTech ME series, but with additional - LCD Dialogue Display, backlit for convenient interactive operation - ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimising temperature control - TCF Temperature Control Features to optimise control behaviour - RS232/RS485 interface - integral programmer for 6 x 60 programme steps - connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump

Type

Temp. range

F70-ME F81-ME F81-HL F95-SL FW95-SL FP52-SL FPW52-SL FP55-SL FPW55-SL FP90-SL FPW90-SL FPW91-SL FP51-SL

°C -70 -81 -81 -95 -95 -60 -60 -55 -60 -90 -90 -91 -51

to to to to to to to to to to to to to

100 100 100 0 0 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at 20/0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C

Pump cap.

Suction

± °C 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.20 0.05

0.34/0.22/0.17/0.13/0.07/-0.45/0.38/0.36/0.32/0.27/0.07 0.45/0.38/0.36/0.32/0.27/0.07 --/1.7/1.5/1.3/1.1/0.36 --/1.7/1.5/1.3/1.1/0.36 3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65/0.1/-3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65/0.1/-5.2/4.1/2.2/0.7/0.13/-5.5/4.1/2.2/1.0/0.13/-1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75/0.15 1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75/0.15 5.2/4.7/4.0/3.5/2.3/0.8 2.0/1.5/1.0/0.26/--

L/min / bar 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 22-26 at 0.4-0.7

bar 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to

FP-models: air-cooled FPW-models: water-cooled

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

698

E & OE.

0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.858 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.857 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.857 9.858

462 463 476 888 889 466 467 479 465 473 474 898 464

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Ultra-low refrigerated circulator baths with extended temperature range JULABO Type

Temp. range °C -60 -60 -55 -60 -90 -90

FP52-SL FPW52-SL FP55-SL FPW55-SL FP90-SL FPW90-SL

to to to to to to

150 150 150 150 150 150

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at 20/0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C

Pump cap.

± °C 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65 /0.1/-3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65 /0.1/-5.2/4.1/2.2/0.7/0.13/-5.5/4.1/2.2/1.0 / 0.13/-1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75 /0.15 1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75 /0.15

L/min / bar 22 to 26 at 0.4 22 to 26 at 0.4 22 to 26 at 0.4 22 to 26 at 0.4 22 to 26 at 0.4 22 to 26 at 0.4

Suction

to to to to to to

0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

bar 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to 0.2 to

0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857 9.857

899 900 901 902 903 904

FP-models: air-cooled FPW-models: water-cooled

2

1

2 Flow coolers, FL series - Working temperature range covers -20°C to +40°C, the temperature stability of the PID control is ±0.5°C - splash-proof keypad with integral mains switch - large, bright LED display - reliable Microprocessor PID temperature control - filling level indicator - powerful immersion pumps, suitable for continuous operation - permissible temperature within return line: +80°C max.

- easy filling from the top with hinged protective lid - low liquid level protection with visual and audible alarm signal - stainless steel bath tanks - removable venting grille for cleaning of the condenser - front drain - no side vents - RS232 interface for PC connection - IP class according to IEC 529: IP21 - pressure indicator - adjustable bypass for pump pressure

Type

FL300 FL601 FL1201 FL1203 FL1701 Fl1703 FL2503 Fl2506 FL4003 FL4006 FL7006 FL11006

Temp. range °C -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -15 -20 -20 -20 -20

to to to to to to to to to to to to

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at

Pressure

Flow rate

± °C 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

20/0/-10°C 0.3 / 0.2 / 0.15 0.6 / 0.4 / 0.33 1.2 / 0.9 / 0.6 1.2 / 0.8 / 0.5 1.7 / 1.1 / 0.85 1.7 / 1.0 / 0.75 2.5 / 1.5 / 1.2 2.5 / 1.0 / 0.3 4.0 / 2.4 / 1.5 4.0 / 1.9 / 0.9 7.0 / 5.1 / 3.0 11.0 / 7.5 / 5.0

bar 0.35 1.0 1.0 0.5 to 1.0 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to

L / min.

15 23 23 40 23 40 40 60 40 60 60 60

3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

JULABO

PK

E & OE.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541

699

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 High Temperature Circulators Forte HT30-M1 and Forte HT60-M2

JULABO

Julabo High Temperature Circulators have a compact, closed design and are ideally suited for wide working temperature ranges.

-

rapid heating high pump capacity, reducible via adapter small footprint minimal filling volume cooling water connections for applications at particularly high temperatures (cooling zone in unit) wide working temperature range without changing bath fluids avoids oxidation and cracking of the bath fluid. This ensures a prolonged lifetime of the bath fluids recommended by Julabo can be easily integrated into a miniplant installation time-saving filling process for the entire system with permanent air purge

Forte HT30-M1 and Forte HT60-M2 with C.U. cooling unit Using the optional C.U. cooling unit, the working temperature range can be further extended downwards. Additionally a high cooling capacity is available if constant tap water cooling is carried out.

- temperature applications from +40°C with controlled tap water cooling - rapid cooling to low temperature values - dynamic control characteristics: Automatic control of exothermic reactions in the connected system

Type

Forte Forte Forte Forte

Temp. range

HT30-M1 HT60-M2 HT30-M1-C.U. HT60-M2-C.U.

700

°C +70 +70 +40 +40

to to to to

Temp. Heating stability capacity, kW

+400 +400 +400 +400

± °C ±0.01 to ± 0.1 ±0.01 to ±0.1 ±0.01 to ± 0.1 ±0.01 to ± 0.1

3 7 3 7

Pump cap.

L/min / bar 14 - 18 at 0.8 14 - 18 at 0.8 14 - 18 at 0.8 14 - 18 at 0.8

E & OE.

PK

-

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.858 6.300 6.222 9.858

400 656 575 404

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 2 3 WirelessTEMP

1

Wireless monitoring and control of Julabo temperature control instruments via PC or remote control

JULABO

The 'WirelessTEMP' series of products gives you a variety of ways to communicate with up to eight Julabo temperature control instruments using a PC or Julabo 'Remote Control'. 'WirelessTEMP' works with virtually all Julabo instruments equipped with an RS232 interface.

Intelligent technology makes it easy to get started. Just switch on the system and connections will be established automatically. With 'WirelessTEMP Configurator' software, users can even set up complex networks with several separate, independent groups of instruments (PAN's). This enables disturbance-free operation in neighbouring laboratories.

- wireless monitoring and control of Julabo temperature control instruments - wireless transmission and display of parameters, such as set points, actual values, output, warning messages and error messages from large distances - communication with up to eight Julabo temperature control instruments Benefits: - a convenient way to operate Julabo instruments from your workstation - spend less time and resources monitoring the instruments - greater flexibility in choosing location for the instrument - cost reduction, as the hassle of running cables is eliminated - ideal solution as ”Remote Display” for your application - works with virtually all Julabo temperature control instruments with RS232 interface Remote Control

2

3

Handy remote control unit for display and control of up to eight Julabo instruments Send/receive module for JULABO temperature control instruments with RS232 interface Send/receive module for PC´s with USB interface Extends wireless range

Transmitter Wireless PC USB Stick Router Type

PK

Remote Control Remote Control Transmitter Wireless PC USB Stick Router

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858 9.858

105 106 107 108 109

Flow coolers, FL series, with watercooled chiller JULABO Type

FLW1701 FLW1703 FLW2503 FLW2506 FLW4003 FLW4006 FLW7006 FLW11006

Temp. range °C -20 -20 -20 -15 -20 -20 -20 -20

to to to to to to to to

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Temp. stability

Cooling capacity kW at

Pressure

Flow rate

± °C 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50

20/0/-10°C 1.7 / 1.1 / 0.85 1.7 / 1.0 / 0.75 2.7 / 1.7 / 1.0 2.5 / 1.0 / 0.3 4.3 / 2.2 / 1.3 4.0 / 1.7 / 0.7 7.4 / 5.5 / 3.1 11.5 / 7.3 / 4.8

bar 1.0 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to

L / min.

23 40 40 60 40 60 60 60

3.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

PK

E & OE.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698 9.698

542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549

701

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1

2

1 Thermostatic controllers, GD100K/GD100 Temperature range 0 to +100°C .With PID control, LED display, visual alarm and fault indication display.

Specifications: Model: Temperature range without tank: Temperature range with S tank*: Temperature range with P tank*: Primary display: Secondary display: Display resolution: Number of recorded temp. values: RS232 interface: Relay: Heating power at 220 to 240 V: Pump max. pressure: Flow rate max.: Total dimensions incl. clamp: Type

Description

GD 100 K GD 100

with clamp without clamp

Grant

GD100 0 to 100°C 0 to 100°C Amb. +5 to +99°C 4-digit LED none 0.1 4 no no 1.4 kW no pump no pump 115 x 145 x 315 mm PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 075 9.699 076

* S= stainless steel, P= malleable plastic

2 Thermostatic controllers GD120K/GD120 Temperature range -20 to +120°C. As GD 100 series, but powerful external circulating pump, timer from 0 to 9999 minutes and variable alarm setting.

Model: Temperature range without tank: Temperature range with S tank*: Temperature range with P tank*: Primary display: Secondary display: Display resolution: Number of stored temp. values: RS232 interface: Relay: Heating power at 220 to 240 V: Pump max. pressure: Flow rate max.: Total dimensions excl. clamp: Type

Description

GD 120 K GD 120

with clamp without clamp

GD120 -20 to +120°C 0 to 120°C Amb. +5 to +99°C 4-digit LED none 0.1 4 no no 1.4 kW 270 mbar 17 L/min 115 x 145 x 315 mm

* S= stainless steel, P= malleable plastic

702

Grant

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 077 9.699 078

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 1 Thermostatic controllers GR150K/GR150

1

Temperature range -50 to +150°C. Soft-Touch rotor for simple navigation, LED display Grant and separate 2-line LCD for programming, timer, visual and audible alarms, RS 232 interface, programmable relay, temperature limit for different liquid types. Connector for external Pt 1000 sensor, memory for 1 programme with up to 30 segments. Labwise PC software optional for programming from the user's PC.

Model: Temperature range without tank: Temperature range with S tank*: Temperature range with P tank*: Primary display: Secondary display: Display resolution: Number of stored temp. values: RS 232 interface: Relay: Heating power at 220 to 240 V: Pump max. pressure: Flow rate max.: Total dimensions excl. clamp: Type

Description

GR 150 K GR 150

with clamp without clamp

GR 150 -50 to +150°C 0 to +150°C (for 5/12/18 litres) -15 to +150°C (for 26/38 litres) Amb. +5 to +99°C 4-digit LED 2-line LCD 0.01 4 yes 1 2 kW 270 mbar 17 L/min 115 x 145 x 315 mm PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 079 9.699 080

* S= stainless steel, P= malleable plastic

2 Thermostatic controllers GP200K/GP200

2

Temperature range -50 to +200°C. Generally as GR 150 series, but with variable flow rate and programmable. Includes temperature ramp up to target temperature and relay.

Five programmes can be stored with up to 30 segments.

Model: Temperature range without tank: Temperature range with S tank*: Temperature range with P tank*: Primary display: Secondary display: Display resolution: Number of stored temp. values: RS 232 interface: Relay: Heating power at 220 to 240 V: Pump max. Pressure: Flow rate max.: Total dimensions excl. clamp: Type

Description

GP 200 K GP 200

with clamp without clamp

Grant

GP 200 -50 to +200°C 0 to +200°C (for 5/12/18 litres) -15 to +200°C (for 26/38 litres) Amb. +5 to +99°C 4-digit LED 2-line LCD 0.01 (LCD) 4 yes 2 2 kW 460 mbar 21 L/min. (adj.)

115 x 145 x 315 mm PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.699 081 9.699 082

* S= stainless steel, P= malleable plastic

Drain syphon For the rapid draining of baths.

Grant

Type Drain syphon

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.699 096

3 Labwise software

3

Permits the remote set-up and programming of GR150 and GP200 thermostats from a PC. Real-time temperature/time profile and graphic representation of processes. Profile documentation and programme memory on disk. Requires IBM-compatible PC with Pentium II processor and Windows™ 98 software or higher. Connector cable supplied.

Type Software E & OE.

Grant

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.699 165

703

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Heating baths HBR4 digital

1

A digital heating bath characterised by: -

IKA

digital display for set, actual, and overtemperature safety as well as stirring speed Fuzzy Logic electronic control integral magnetic stirring drive to circulate the bath heating liquid, enhancing heat distribution in the bath further data - see heating bath HB 4 basic (9.906 104)

Specifications: Heating output: Temperature range: Setting accuracy: Offset: Speed range: Material: Useful volume: Ext./int. diameters: Ext./int. height: Weight: Protection class DIN EN 60529:

1000W ambient to 200°C ±1K ±1K 100 to 800rpm stainless steel (AISI 304) 4 litres 250/200 mm 250/160 mm 4.4kg IP21

Type HBR4 digital

2

3

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.906 106

2 3 Accessories for HB- baths IKA Type Set of rings H 240 * Intermediate base H 159 ** * For HB 4 basic and HBR 4 digital baths. ** Allows insertion of vessels into the bath HB R 4, without affecting the stirrer motion.

722

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

704

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.906 121 9.906 125

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Incubation/Inactivation Water Baths

1

Microprocessor controlled temperature regulation. Short heating-up times. Temperature GFL display and setting digitally via LED display in 0.1°C increments. Temperature variation ±0.1°C, temporal. Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C; after installation of an accessory water level regulator 1919 from approx. 3°C above tap water temperature to 99.9°C. Electronic monitoring of the temperature regulator. In case of failure, the cause of the fault is shown on the display.

Electronic overtemperature cut-out, 4°C above set temperature and electromechanical >130°C. Soft touch keys with clear symbols. Tip-up, insulating lid with inner camber, no dripping back of condensate into the vessels. Bath interior, cover frame, lid, heating element and perforated floor made of stainless steel (standard equipment includes lid and perforated floor**).

Housing is made of electrolytically galvanized sheet steel, powder-coated and corrosion-resistant.

Model 1005 Especially suitable for warming medical heat packs. **Water bath 1005 is supplied without perforated floor if the rack for heat packs 1923 (accessory) is ordered.

Models 1012 and 1013 The circulation system ensures an optimal temperature uniformity throughout the whole bath. An electric motor with rotary magnet is flanged to the bath floor and drives a PTFE-coated magnet stirring bar in the bath.

The units are tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and have the CE mark.

Type

1002 1003 1004 1005 1008 1012 1013

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 245 x 200 x 145 400 x 245 x 145 600 x 245 x 145 410 x 296 x 315 400 x 245 x 205 245 x 200 x 145 400 x 245 x 145

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 330 x 395 x 255 485 x 440 x 255 685 x 440 x 255 495 x 490 x 445 485 x 440 x 325 330 x 395 x 325 485 x 440 x 325

Capacity

Power

Weight

PK

litres 7 14 21 40 20 7 14

W 1000 1500 1500 1500 1500 1000 1500

kg 9 12 17 21 14 10 14

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

902 903 904 905 908 912 913

2 3 4 Table of racks held by water baths 1002-1013 GFL Bath model 1002 1003/1008 1004 1005 1012 1013

Max. number Rack 1920 Rack 1921 4 4 8 8 12 12 9 9 4 4 8 8

of rack types held Rack 1922 Rack 1923 4 8 12 9 1 4 8 -

3

2

Rack 1942 1 2 3 2 1 2

4

Stainless steel. Height: 185mm Type

Description

1920 1921 1922 1923 1942

With 20 apertures, each 18 mm diameter for 16/17 mm test tubes With 5 apertures, each 31 mm diameter for test tubes With 20 apertures each 13 mm diameter for 12 mm test tubes For water bath 1005, especially for warming medical hot packs With 12 apertures 56 mm diameter for baby milk bottles

PK 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

970 971 972 973 977

705

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Water Level Regulator for Water Baths 1002-1013

1

Adjustable, to keep the water level constant and to cool Water Baths 1002-1013 (approx. 3째C above tap water temperature).

Also see shaking water waths.

GFL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1919

1

9.905 986

2 Steam Bath 1023

2

For gentle simmering using Erlenmeyer flasks, bottles, etc. Bath, ring aperture cover GFL and perforated floor above the heating element are made of stainless steel.

Temperature range from approx. 5째C above ambient to boiling point, with temperature control by thermostat. Heating element protected by overtemperature cut-out. The adjustable water level regulator at the back of the unit and the set of rings are supplied as standard.

With removable, square cover (W 265mm x L 265mm) accommodating a 9-part set of rings, in heat-resistant plastic, which can be split. The aperture diameter can be adjusted in approx. 20mm steps (min. 32.5/max. 173.5 mm). The bath housing is made of powder coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. Mains supply 230V 50/60 Hz, 1.0 kW (Other voltages available on request).

The unit is tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and has the CE mark.

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 240 x 240 x 120

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 342 x 342 x 180

Capacity

litres 7

Power Weight

W kg 1000 9

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 923

3 Test Tube Rack 1933

3

Accessory for Steam Bath 1023.

Stainless steel, test tube rack, with 100 x 18mm diameter apertures.

GFL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1933

1

9.905 993

Support Rod 1985 Accessory for Steam Bath 1023.

Stainless steel support rod, 316 x 12mm length x diameter.

GFL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1985

1

9.905 995

4 Water Baths for Fume Hoods 1031 and 1032

4

Special baths for gentle simmering with Erlenmeyer flasks, bottles, etc., also suitable for GFL use in fume hoods. Stainless steel bath, removable recessed lid with holes and perforated floor above the heating element.

Temperature range from approx. 5째C above ambient to boiling point, with thermostatic temperature controller.

Heating element protected by over-temperature cut-out.

The apertures in the lid are covered by sets of rings in heat-resistant plastic. The adjustable constant level device at the right-hand side of the unit is included.

The units are tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and have the CE mark.

Type

Apertures with sets of rings

1031 1032

6 8

Top External dia. dimensions mm (W x D x H) mm 90 430 x 300 x 155 110 670 x 300 x 155

Weight

Working height

PK

Cat. No.

kg 6.1 8.2

mm 100 100

1 1

9.905 931 9.905 932

* Alternative voltages available on request!

706

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Multiple Water Baths 1041 and 1042

1

For gentle simmering work with Erlenmeyer flasks, bottles, etc. Stainless steel bath GFL interior, frame with apertures and perforated floor above the heating element.

Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient to boiling point, with thermostatic temperature control.

The 130mm dia. apertures in the cover, are fitted with sets of rings in heat resistant plastic. With stainless steel support rod, 600 x 12mm L x dia. behind each opening, for securing vessels. A constant level is included on the lefthand side of the bath. Working height 90mm.

The units are tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and have the CE mark.

Type

Apertures with sets of rings

1041 1042

4 6

Top External dia. dimensions mm (W x D x H)

Power

Working height

Weight

PK

Cat. No.

W 1000 1500

mm 90 90

kg 12.0 16.0

1 1

9.905 941 9.905 942

mm 130 682 x 232 x 190 130 982 x 232 x 190

2

2 Shaking Water Bath 1083 With Reciprocating Motion.

Universally applicable for shaking tasks that require exactly reproducible temperatures.

For gentle mixing or vigorous shaking. Microprocessor controlled, temperature regulation. Temperature display and setting via LED display in 0.1°C increments. Temperature range approx. 5°C above ambient to +99.9°C, alternatively after installation of constant level 1919 (accessory) approx. 3°C above tap water temperature to +99.9°C. Optimum temperature distribution throughout the whole bath interior.

Overtemperature cut-out: electronic, 4°C above set temperature, and electro-mechanical >130°C. Electronic monitoring of the temperature controller. Maintenance-free and durable shaking device, electronically controlled and continuously adjustable from 10 to 250rpm, with soft-start. Constant shaking frequency, independent of load, even when in continuous operation. All parts in contact with water made of stainless steel. No dripping back of condensate into the vessels due to double-walled insulating lid with internal gable. Corrosion-resistant housing is made of powdercoated, electrolytically galvanized, sheet steel. Accessories to accept various kinds of vessels are quickly and safely attachable to the shaking device. Easily removable shaking rack. A drain tap is provided to empty the bath.

Tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and CE marked.

Specifications: External dimensions (WxDxH): Internal dimensions (WxDxH): Usable capacity: Usable bath height: Net/gross weight: Shaking motion: Temperature accuracy: Temperature display: Overtemperature cut-out: Shaking frequency: Stroke length: Supply requirements:

715 x 520 x 330mm 450 x 300 x 160mm 20 litres 190mm 28/32kg Reciprocating, can be switched ±0.1°C Digital LED electronic 4°C above set temperature, and electro-mechanical > 130°C 10 to 250 strokes/min.

22 mm 230V 50/60Hz, 1.5kW (alternative voltage models are available, details on request)

GFL

722

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1083

1

9.905 983

E & OE.

707

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1

1 Shaking Water Bath 1086 Generally as model 1083, but with digital display of temperature and shaking frequency.

Cooling coil supplied as standard. Tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and CE marked.

Technical Specification: Shaking speed display: Net/gross weight: Orbit or travel:

GFL

Digital LED 30/34kg 22mm

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1086

1

9.905 984

2

2 Shaking Water Bath 1092 Generaly as model 1086, but with orbital motion. Cooling coil supplied as standard.

Tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and CE marked.

Technical Specification: External dimensions (WxDxH): Internal dimensions(WxDxH): Usable capacity: Temperature range: Net/gross weight: Shaking motion: Shaking orbit:

3

GFL

635 x 505 x 400mm 450 x 300 x 160mm 20 litres approx. 5째Cabove ambient to +80째C 35/40kg Orbital, can be switched on/off 14mm dia.

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1092

1

9.905 985

3 Tray type 3960 Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

GFL Stainless steel, with holes to accept clips for Erlenmeyer flasks, reaction tube holder 3926 and test tube racks 3924 and 3925. The tray has two handles that reach above the waters surface, for easy inserting and removing from the bath.

4

Type

PK

Cat. No.

3960

1

9.837 960

4 Clips for Erlenmeyer Flasks Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

Stainless steel, to be screwed into shaking tray 3960. Supplied complete with flask springs (see also shaking shakers and incubators).

Type

3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989

For flasks ml 25 50 100 200 250 - 300 500 1000

Max. number per tray

PK

52 33 22 15 13 10 6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3989 raised lid required (on request)

708

GFL

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837

983 984 985 986 987 988 989

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Test tube racks

1

Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

Stainless steel, with two handles for easy insertion and removal from the bath.

Type

3920 3921 3922

For neck dia. mm 16/17, max. length 180mm 31 12, max. length 180mm

GFL

Max. no. plates

PK

Cat. No.

243 63 372

1 1 1

9.837 966 9.837 967 9.837 968

2 Rack 3923

2

Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

Stainless steel, raised tray with 6 x microplate frames.

GFL

Type 3923, Tray high version for shaking water baths

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 998

3 Holder 3926

3

Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

Stainless steel. For 58 x 1.5 to 2.0ml reaction tubes, with float protection, can be screwed onto shaking tray 3960. Max. 3 holders per tray.

Type 3926, Tray for shaking water bathes

GFL

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 990

4 Test Tube Racks 3924 and 3925

4

Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

Stainless steel. The holding device can be tilted by an angle of 90째, equipped with springs for secure support. It can be screwed onto shaking tray 3960.

GFL

Type 3924, e.g. for 15ml Falcon tubes, max. 20 tubes x 12 to 17 mm dia., max. 4 racks per platform 3925, e.g. for 50ml Falcon tubes, max. 12 tubes x 25 to 29 mm dia., max. 3 racks per platform

5 Constant Level Device 1919

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 996

1

9.905 997

5

Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092.

Adjustable, to maintain a desired, constant water level (1083/1086/1092) and to cool Shaking Water Bath 1083 and Water Baths 1002-1013 (from approx. 3째C above tap water temperature).

GFL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1919

1

9.905 986

E & OE.

709

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1

1 Shaking Water Bath 1070, Thermolab®

722

The Quadrothermal Shaking Water Bath 1070 with reciprocating motion is equipped GFL with four separate tanks, in which different sample vessels can be heated, independently of each other. It is universally applicable for use in routine, research and specialised laboratories for all temperaturedependent reactions, e.g. for incubations of reagents and solutions, Enzyme-Immuno-Essays, Western-Blots, Reverse Dot Blots, for hybridisations at four different temperatures, for stringent washing processes with variable temperatures, Restriction Enzyme Digestions, Proteinase-K Digestions, DNA Elution, T 7 Sequenase Sequencing, for thawing processes and incubations of cultures or for polymerase chain reactions (PCR). Microprocessor controlled temperature regulation. Temperature constancy: ±0.1°C temporal. Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient to +99.9°C. Temperature display and setting digitally via LED display. Electronic monitoring of the temperature controller. Electronic over-temperature cut-out applies at 4°C above set temperature and electromechanical at >130°C. Maintenance-free and durable shaking device, electronically controlled and continuously settable shaking motion, with soft-start.

Insulating, double-walled lid - no dripping back of condensate into the vessels. Bath interior and shaking rack are in stainless steel. Height-adjustable, sample holder in each of the four tanks. With the use of optional racks or directly on the sample holders, all kinds of vessels from ìl to ml used in laboratories can be held.

Technical Specification: External dimensions (WxDxH): Usable internal dimensions per tank (sample holder) (WxDxH): Usable bath height: Sample holder, height-adjustable: Temperature range: Temperature control:

625 x 556 x 270mm 175 x 175 x 100mm 128 x 128mm 80mm 32mm from approximately 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C Electronic microprocessor-controlled with proportional-plus-integral control (PI) ±0.1°C Digital LED Digital LED electronic 4°C above set temperature, and electro-mechanical > 130°C Reciprocating, can be switched on/off 2 to 50 strokes/min.

Variable 22mm 230V 50/60Hz, 1.3 kW 28/36kg

Temperature accuracy: Temperature display: Temperature adjustment: Overtemperature cut-out: Shaking motion: Shaking frequency: Shaking speed adjustment: Shaking amplitude: Supply requirement: Net/gross weight:

2

Type

PK

Cat. No.

1070

1

9.905 980

2 Type 1070 Racks for test tubes and microtubes in Shaking Water Bath 1070.

Type

Description

For

1710 1711 1712

With 7 apertures 31mm dia.

With 19 apertures 17mm dia.

With 32 apertures 12mm dia.

Test tubes 50 ml Test tubes 15ml Reaction vessels 1.5 to 2.0 ml

710

E & OE.

GFL

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.905 987 9.905 988 9.905 989

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Shaking water baths, SW 22, SW 23

1

For simultaneous heating and shaking of samples, e.g. incubations, hybridizations etc.

Reciprocal motion.

-

JULABO

Microprocessor technology with PID temperature control Bright Multi-Display (LED) indicates five different temperature values and shaking speed Splash-proof mains switch, built into plastic membrane keypad Easy-to-use controls Timer for selecting desired operating period RS232 interface provided Shaking frequency 20 to 200 strokes/min., with 15 mm stroke Removable shaking carriage Model SW 23 has an internal circulation pump giving enhanced temperature stability

Bath lid not included in delivery.

Type

Temp. range

SW22 SW23

Temp. stability

°C 20 - 99.9 20 - 99.9

± °C 0.2 0.02

Heating Bath capacity opening

Bath tank depth

W mm 2000 500 x 300 2000 500 x 300

mm 180 180

2 Shaking water baths, SW 22, SW 23, accessories

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.906 383 9.906 384

2 JULABO

Type Hinged Makrolon®-lid Constant level device/cooling set

3

1 1

9.906 401 9.906 402

JULABO

Tray for 32 x 50ml Erlenmeyer flasks Tray for 15 x 200ml Erlenmeyer flasks Tray for 11 x 250 to 300ml Erlenmeyer flasks Tray for 8 x 500ml Erlenmeyer flasks

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.906 386

1

9.906 387

1

9.906 388

1

9.906 389

Spring clips for erlenmeyer flasks as indicated, to fit tray 9.906 390.

JULABO

For

PK

10 ml flasks 25 ml flasks 50 ml flasks 100 ml flasks 200 to 250 ml flasks 300 ml flasks 500 ml flasks 1000 ml flasks Tray for spring clips to hold Erlenmeyer flasks as required

5

Cat. No.

Trays for Erlenmeyer flasks

Type

4

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Test tube trays PK

240 test tubes, 16/17 mm Ø 360 test tubes, 12/13 mm Ø 360 microlitre vessels, 30 x 11/12 mm Ø 84 test tubes, 30 mm Ø

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

4

Cat. No. 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906

410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 390

JULABO

For

3

5

Cat. No. 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906

420 421 422 423

711

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Thermostatic baths, EcoTemp series

1

-

microprocessor technology with PID temperature control bright Multi-Display (LED) indicates five different temperature values splash-proof mains switch, built into a plastic membrane keypad easy-to-use controls timer for selecting desired operating period RS232 interface provided comprehensive range of accessories

JULABO

Bath lid not included.

Type

TW8 TW12 TW20 TW2

2

Temp. range °C 20 to 20 to 20 to 20 to

99.9 99.9 99.9 99.9

Temp. stability

Heating Bath capacity opening

± °C 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

W 2000 2000 2000 1000

mm 230 x 350 x 500 x 150 x

Bath tank depth

PK

mm 140 140 180 110

270 270 300 130

1 1 1 1

For TW8 TW12 TW20

424 425 426 044

Width mm 290 400 560

Depth mm 320 320 350

Height mm 160 160 170

JULABO PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.906 398 9.906 399 9.906 401

3 Water baths, TW series, accessories Test tube racks.

JULABO

For 60 90 90 21

4

9.906 9.906 9.906 6.207

2 Water baths, TW series, accessories One-piece moulded, transparent Makrolon® lids with handle and hinges.

3

Cat. No.

PK

test tubes, 16/17 mm dia. test tubes, 12/13 mm dia. microlitre vessels, 11/12 mm dia. test tubes, 30/31mm dia.

1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906

431 432 433 434

4 Water baths/Oil baths The latest generation of water baths, a combination of high-grade, anti-corrosion Memmert stainless steel and state-of-the-art technology. Two performance classes available: "Basic" and "Excellent", tuned to varying requirements and applications.

Basic: the water bath for routine processes, with integral timer adjustable from 1 min. up to 99.59 hrs, and with delayed switch-on and programmable hold time.

Excellent: with enhanced features for overtemperature protection, liquid level monitoring and continuous, long-term tests using two high-grade Pt100 sensors. The integral timer range is from 1 min. up to 999 hrs and allows a setpoint-dependent hold time to be programmed, in addition to all the Basic-level features. Audible alarms for overtemperature, low liquid level and programme end make operation even more convernient.

The new generation oil bath range differs from the Excellent water baths by their temperature range of up to +200°C and by incorporating an adjustable, class 2 temperature limiter as standard.

Interior - Heating Concept: - easy-to-clean, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing - corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank

712

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths

1

1 Water baths WNB Series Control: - microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indicator - solid state switching unit - one, class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensor - integral digital timer from 1 min. to 99.59 hours for: On continuous operation Wait (delayed On for continuous and limited timed operation) Hold - digital display (LED) of set and actual temperature and of (remaining) programme time - LEDs for indication of programme status

Memmert

Overtemperature protection (dual): - easy-to-clean interior, made of laser-welded, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304) stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing - corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank - if an overtemperature condition occurs due to a fault, heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value) - an independent, mechanical, TB class 1 temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature With textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing.

Specifications Temperature range: Power supply: Type

WNB WNB WNB WNB WNB WNB

7 10 14 22 29 45

from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient temperature) up to +95°C with additional boiling mode (+100°C) 230V (±10%), 50/60 Hz

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 7 210 x 240 x 140 10 210 x 350 x 140 14 290 x 350 x 140 22 290 x 350 x 220 29 350 x 590 x 140 45 350 x 590 x 220

Housing (W x D x H)

Weight

Rating

PK

mm 238 238 238 296 238 296

kg 11 13 15 16 22 24

W 1200 1200 1800 2000 2400 2800

1 1 1 1 1 1

356 356 436 436 516 516

x x x x x x

468 578 578 578 818 818

x x x x x x

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906

581 582 583 584 585 586

713

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 2

3

4

1

1 2 3 4 Water baths WNE series Control: - fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indication - solid state switching unit - 2 class A , 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling the performance at the same temperature value - digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for: On (continuous operation) Delayed On Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time - digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values - calibration facility on controller with audible and visual alarms at programme end, as input keypress confirmation and if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically)

Memmert

Triple Overtemperature Protection: - in case of overtemperature due to a fault, the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value) - independent, protection class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller, or protection class 2, TWB overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user - class 1, TB mechanical temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature - set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C Textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant stainless steel housing Without lids - please order separately!

Specifications: Temperature range:

Power supply: Type

WNE WNE WNE WNE WNE WNE

7 10 14 22 29 45

714

from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient) up to +95°C with additional boiling mode (+100°C) 230V (±10%), 50/60 Hz

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 7 210 x 240 x 140 10 210 x 350 x 140 14 290 x 350 x 140 22 290 x 350 x 220 29 350 x 590 x 140 45 350 x 590 x 220

Weight

Rating

PK

kg 11 13 15 16 22 24

W 1200 1200 1800 2000 2400 2800

1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906

591 592 593 594 595 596

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Water bath with circulation pump WPE 45

1

Control: - fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indication - solid state switching unit - 2 class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature value - digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for: On (continuous operation) Delayed On Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time - pump can be switched on and off - pump is switched off at programme end, digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values - Calibration facility on controller - audible and visual alarms at programme end, as input keypress confirmation and if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically) Triple Overtemperature Protection: - in case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value) - independent, class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller or class 2, TWB overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user - mechanical class 1 TB temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature - set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C Textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing Without lids - please order separately!

Specifications: Temperature range: Power supply: Type

WPE 45

from +10°C (however, at least 15°C above ambient) up to +95°C 230 V (±10%), 50 Hz

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 45 350 x 590 x 220

Housing (W x D x H)

Weight

Rating

PK

Cat. No.

mm 516 x 818 x 296

kg 32

W 2800

1

9.906 589

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

E & OE.

715

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Oil baths, One series

1

Control: Memmert - fuzzy-supported PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indication - solid state switch unit - 2 x class A, 4-wire, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature - digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for: On (continuous operation) Delayed On Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold with fixed dwell time - digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values - Calibration facility on controller - audible and visual alarms at programme end, as keypress input acknowledgement and in the case of low liquid level (heating is switched off automatically) Interior - Heating Concept: - easy-to-clean, grade 14301 (ASTM 304), laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing - corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank Triple Overtemperature Protection: - in the case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value) - independent, class 2, TWB electronic overtemperature limiter - class 2, TB mechanical temperature limiter switching the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature - set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C Textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing.

Without lids - please order separately!

Specifications: Temperature range: Power supply: Type

One One One One One One

7 10 14 22 29 45

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 7 210 x 240 x 140 10 210 x 350 x 140 14 290 x 350 x 140 22 290 x 350 x 220 29 350 x 590 x 140 45 350 x 590 x 220

from +20°C (minimum 5°C above ambient) up to +200°C 230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz

Housing (W x D x H)

Weight

Rating

PK

mm 238 238 238 296 238 296

kg 11 13 15 16 22 24

W 1200 1200 1800 2000 2400 2800

1 1 1 1 1 1

356 356 436 436 516 516

x x x x x x

468 578 578 578 818 818

x x x x x x

722

716

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906

601 602 603 604 605 606

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Thermostatic baths, WB, OB series, accessories

1

Stainless steel flat lid with apertures and ring sets. Stainless steel gabled lid. Adjustable temperature limit selector instead of cut-out for WB/WBU. WB/WBU have a constant level device.

Memmert

Peltier Cooling Device CDP 115 For precise operation with temperatures starting from +10°C. The temperature is controlled via the electronic controller of the waterbath with a precision of ±0.1K Easy fitting to bath by snap-on-technology, suitable for all tank sizes.

Power consumption: 160W Effective cooling capacity: 115W Pumping capacity of circulation pump for coolant: 600ml/min.

Type

For capacity litres 7 10 14 22 29 45 7 10 14 22 29 45 7 10 14 22 29 45 7 10 14 22 29 45 0 0

Well format

Dia.

PK

1 3 6 6 8 8 1 3 6 6 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

mm 187 107 87 87 107 107 187 107 87 87 107 107 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 9.906 6.228

Special gabled cover for WNB/WNE 14/22

0

0

0

1

6.306 619

Factory calibration certificate at 37°C for WNE / WPE; at 160°C for ONE models

0

0

0

1

9.867 696

CDP Peltier Cooling Device

0

0

0

1

9.906 651

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 800

Flat lid for oil baths Flat lid for oil baths Flat lid for oil baths Flat lid for oil baths Flat lid for oil baths Flat lid for oil baths Flat lid for water baths Flat lid for water baths Flat lid for water baths Flat lid for water baths Flat lid for water baths Flat lid for water baths Gabled lid for oil baths Gabled lid for oil baths Gabled lid for oil baths Gabled lid for oil baths Gabled lid for oil baths Gabled lid for oil baths Gabled lid for water baths Gabled lid for water baths Gabled lid for water baths Gabled lid for water baths Gabled lid for water baths Gabled lid for water baths Constant level device for WNB / WNE / WPE Special gabled cover for WNB/WNE 29/45

2 Shaking water bath OLS 200

Cat. No.

521 522 523 524 525 526 530 531 532 533 534 537 541 542 543 544 545 546 550 551 552 553 554 555 650 924

2

Orbital or linear motion selectable.

- Temperature range 0 to 99°C Adjustable shaking speed: - 20 to 200 rpm (orbital) - 40 to 360 strokes/minute (linear), variable stroke length (3 settings) - Temperature stability and uniformity to ±0.1°C - Precise, electronic control of temperature and shaking speed with digital setting and LED display - Stainless steel tank and shaking trolley - Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory trays for operation

Grant

Linear motion: Setting A: 18 mm stroke length, 340 strokes/minute Setting B: 28 mm stroke length, 240 strokes/minute Setting C: 36 mm stroke length, 180 strokes/minute Orbital motion: Adjustable from 20 to 200 rpm with a 9 mm fixed radius.

Tank dimensions: Overall dimensions: Max. flask immersion: Weight: Supply requirements:

505 x 300 x 200 mm 555 x 325 x 300 mm 30 mm at fastest speed setting 15 kg 220-240V 50Hz

Type OLS 200

E & OE.

717

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1

1 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories Type LS200 Sloping lid. Stainless steel. For use at temperatures above 60째C and below room temperature.

Type LS 200

2

Grant PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 809

2 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories Type UT200 Universal tray. Versatile stainless steel tray. Designed to accommodate a variety of vessels.

Type UT200

3

Grant PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 801

3 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories Type TT200 Test tube tray. Holds up to five H1-series test tube racks.

Type TT 200

4

Grant PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 802

4 5 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories Type H1- series racks. Stainless steel, 200 x 75 mm. For test tubes. Used with test tube tray order no. 9.905 802.

5

Type

For tubes

H1-10 H1-13 H1-16 H1-19 H1-25 H1-30

48 44 24 21 12 10

x x x x x x

10 13 16 19 25 30

Grant PK

mm mm mm mm mm mm

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

803 804 805 806 807 808

Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories Grant

Type CW200 Cooling coil. For use with mains tap water or refrigerated circulator. It can be used down to 2째C above the temperature of the coolant . Fits underneath the shaking trolley.

Type CW 200

6

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 811

6 Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories Type CS200G Immersion cooler for temperatures from 0 to 35째C. Coil fits underneath the shaking trolley. Dimensions: 410 x 285 x 225 mm (L x W x H). For 220-240V 50Hz supplies.

Type CS 200G

718

E & OE.

Grant

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.905 812

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Unstirred waterbaths SUB Aqua series

1

High quality products with an excellent temperature stability. Stainless steel tank in painted steel case. Supplied with polycarbonate lid.

-

Grant

ambient +5°C to +99°C operation digital PID control (PT1000) for quick heat-up and precision control throughout the temperature range digital LED display showing ”heating-up“, ”cooling down“ or ”maintaining temperature“ stability: ±0.2°C simple, yet intuitive user interface user-settable sample protection and fixed thermal cutout user calibration (single or two-point)

Type

SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB SUB

Volume,

AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA

2 25 5 12 18 26 DUAL

litres 2 2 5 12 18 26 5 and 12

Power External dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 130 190 x 200 x 215 130 340 x 210 x 150 375 340 x 215 x 270 770 340 x 390 x 270 1500 340 x 570 x 270 1500 340 x 570 x 270 1200 540 x 360 x 225

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 140 x 140 x 150 300 x 150 x 55 300 x 150 x 140 300 x 325 x 140 300 x 505 x 140 300 x 505 x 190 300 x 150 x 140 and 300 x 325 x 140

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 Unstirred waterbathes JB Aqua series

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

730 731 732 733 734 735 736

2

Stainless steel tank in painted steel case.

Delivered with Polycarbonate lid and base tray Type AQBT.

Grant

- ambient +5°C to +98°C operation - simple dial setting - user-settable sample protection and fixed thermal cut-out

Type

JB JB JB JB JB JB JB

AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA AQUA

Volume,

2 25 5 12 18 26 DUAL

litres 2 2 5 12 18 26 5 und 12

Power External dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 130 190 x 200 x 215 130 340 x 210 x 150 375 340 x 215 x 270 770 340 x 390 x 270 1500 340 x 570 x 270 1500 340 x 570 x 270 1200 540 x 360 x 225

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 150 x 140 x 140 300 x 150 x 55 300 x 150 x 140 300 x 325 x 140 300 x 505 x 140 300 x 505 x 190 300 x 150 x 140 und 300 x 325 x 140

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

740 741 742 743 744 745 746

719

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1

2

3

1 2 3 Unstirred water baths PB1 bath, temperature range ambient to 60°C. Transparent polycarbonate tank with removable control unit. Analogue thermostat dial is graduated in 10 x 5°C divisions from 20° to 60°C. Temperature stability ±0.3°C. JB baths, temperature range ambient to 90°C. Polypropylene bath, analogue thermostat is graduated in 5°C divisions from 20° to 90°C. Temperature stability ±0.3°C. SUB baths, temperature range ambient + 5°C to 99°C. Stainless steel tanks. Digital temperature control. With display and overtemperature cut-out.

SBB baths for boiling As SUB baths, but with an analogue energy regulator, two overtemperature cut-outs and constant level device.

Grant

Please order racks and lids separately.

At operating temperatures above 60°C, a lid or a layer of polypropylene spheres must be used.

Specifications Overall dimensions (WxDxH): Weight: Type

PB1 SBB6 SBB14 SBB28

300 x 300 x 100 mm 4 kg

Capacity Working space WxDxH L 3.5 6.0 14.0 28.0

mm 225 x 150 x 325 x 505 x

80 x 120 110 x 300 110 x 300 160 x 300

Power Racks

W 0.3 1.5 1.5 2.0

3 x P1 J2 2 x J2 or 2 x J3 4 x J2 or 4 x J3

Lid

PK

LP1 LU6 or LF6 LU14 oder LF14 LU28 or LF28

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

750 759 760 761

4 5 6 Lids for thermostatic water baths Sloping.

Grant

Type

For bath type

LP1 LU6 LU14 LU28 LU36

PB1 SUB/SBB6 SUB/SBB14 SUB/SBB28 SUB36

5

720

PK

1 1 1 1 1

4

6

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

765 770 771 772 773

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Shelves for water baths

1

Stainless steel with perforated mesh shelf. Used to alter the effective depth of the bath.

Each shelf occupies half the area of the bath specified and so allows both deep and shallow vessels to be accommodated.

Type

For bath type

RS14H RS28H RS36H

SUB/SBB14, SUB AQUA 12, JB AQUA 12, HUB 14, SBB 14 SUB/SBB28, SUB AQUA 18/26, JB AQUA 18/26 SUB36

Grant

2 Racks for thermostatic water baths

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.905 780 9.905 781 9.905 782

PK

Cat. No.

2

Stainless steel. P1 racks for PB1 bath only hang from the tank rim and have a single Grant row of holes so that the contents can be examined through the transparent sides of the tank. J2 and J3 racks for the JB and SBB baths stand on the perforated shelf of the bath or on the floor of the SUB bath tank. J2-SE and J2-LE are for microcentrifuge tubes.

Type

Array For bath type

P1-13 P1-16 P1-19 J2-10 J2-13 J2-16 J2-19 J2-25 J2-30 J2-SE J2-LE

12 x 13 10 x 16 9 x 19 84 x 10 55 x 13 36 x 16 32 x 19 18 x 25 12 x 30 105 x 0.5 65 x 1.5

PB 1 PB 1 PB 1 JB AQUA, JB AQUA, JB AQUA, JB AQUA, JB AQUA, JB AQUA, JB AQUA, JB AQUA,

JB, JB, JB, JB, JB, JB, JB, JB,

SB SB SB SB SB SB SB SB

AQUA, AQUA, AQUA, AQUA, AQUA, AQUA, AQUA, AQUA,

SUB, SUB, SUB, SUB, SUB, SUB, SUB, SUB,

HUB, HUB, HUB, HUB, HUB, HUB, HUB, HUB,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

SBB SBB SBB SBB SBB SBB SBB SBB

3 Lid for water baths

LF2 LF6 LF14 LF28 LF36

Grant

Well For format bath type 6 2 4 6 8

785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 820 821

3

Flat, with ring sets.

Giving apertures of 31, 43, 59, 78 or 105 mm diameter.

Type

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

PK

JB2 SUB6, SBB6, SUB AQUA 2S/5, JB AQUA 2S/5, SUB AQUA DUAL SUB/SBB14, HUB 14, JB AQUA 12, SUB AQUA 12, SUB AQUA DUAL SUB/SBB28, SUB AQUA 18/26, JB AQUA 18/26 SUB36

1 1 1 1 1

4 Water coil, CW 5

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

774 775 776 777 778

4

For use with tap water; suitable for all applications where the required temperature exceeds that of the tap water being used by 20째C or more.

Grant

Type

PK

Cat. No.

CW 5

1

9.920 764

E & OE.

721

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1

1 Heating bath liquid, BASF Use: Buddeberg BASF heating bath liquid can be used continuously as a heating medium up to approx.

170°C. Higher temperatures (below flash point) are possible, but will result in rapid darkening.

The low pour point allows the bath liquid also to be used as a cooling medium. Mixtures with 10% to 30% water have proved best for this.

The crucial advantages of BASF heating bath liquid compared to the oils or other organic liquid mainly used are: - accidental spillage of water into the bath does not lead to dangerous spitting at temperatures over 100°C, as the water dissolves in the heating bath liquid and subsequently evaporates safely - BASF heating bath liquid can easily be rinsed away with water which eases cleaning of laboratory equipment, e.g. distillation flasks, and also bench or floor if the bath liquid is accidentally spilled.

- BASF heating bath liquid does not foam when mixed with water.

Viscosity on addition of water: BASF heating bath liquid is quite viscous at ambient or low temperatures, and therefore sometimes difficult to dispense. The addition of 10-20% water reduces the viscosity and enables easier handling. If the mixture is then heated to 100°C, the water evaporates without boiling. Further heating is only shortly delayed by this. Before next heating, water can be added again.

Water solubility: BASF heating bath liquid can be mixed with water in any ratio. The hardness of the water has no effect on the bath liquid.

Chemical character: Appearance: Storage time: (unlimited at present knowledge) Density: Flashpoint to DIN 51758: to DIN 51794:

Modified, polyvalent, aliphatic alcohol Clear, colourless or lightly coloured liquid When stored for long periods the product may become darker. This does not affect the performance of the product. approx. 1.15 g/cm³ > 200°C approx. 255°C

Container

5 litres

2

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.906 200

2 Water bath protection agent for water baths and shaking water baths ProAquaTop prevents the formation of algae, bacteria, and mould. Biodegradable and non-toxic. Only 1 ml per litre of water required. Replacement of the bath water is indicated by fading of the blue colouration Type 1910 1911 1912

3

Capacity ml 200 3 x 200 6 x 200

PK

Cat. No.

1 3 6

9.905 957 9.905 958 9.905 959

3 Water bath preservative liquid Aqua Stabil -

Prevents build-up of algae and bacteria in bath tanks providing hygienic operation No contamination of the tank or immersion thermostat components Economical - only 2 ml of Aqua Stabil is required for every 1 litres of water Remains effective for weeks, as shown by colour indicator.

Capacity ml 100 ml bottle

722

GFL

E & OE.

JULABO

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.858 040

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1

2

3

4

5

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 Thermostatic baths, Optima series Complete units including plastic or stainless steel bath, bridge mounting plate and thermostatic controller. For 220 - 240 V 50/60 Hz. Please refer to controller specifications for supply requirements. Accessory polypropylene spheres or a lid must be used at temperatures between 60 and 100째C. Above 100째C only a lid must be used. Accessory cooling is required for temperatures below ambient.

Please order lid separately.

Type

Capacity Material litres 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38

GD 100 P5 GD 100 P12 GD 100 P18 GD 100 S5 GD 100 S12 GD 100 S18 GD 100 S26 GD 100 S38 GD 120 P5 GD 120 P12 GD 120 P18 GD 120 S5 GD 120 S12 GD 120 S18 GD 120 S26 GD 120 S38 GR 150 P5 GR 150 P12 GR 150 P18 GR 150 S5 GR 150 S12 GR 150 S18 GR 150 S26 GR 150 S38 GP 200 P5 GP 200 P12 GP 200 P18 GP 200 S5 GP 200 S12 GP 200 S18 GP 200 S26 GP 200 S38

Plastic Plastic Plastic Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Plastic Plastic Plastic Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Plastic Plastic Plastic Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Plastic Plastic Plastic Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless

steel steel steel steel steel

steel steel steel steel steel

steel steel steel steel steel

steel steel steel steel steel

Temp. range 째C Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 0 to +120 0 to +120 0 to +120 -15 to +120 -15 to +120 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 0 to +150 0 to +150 0 to +150 -15 to +150 -15 to +150 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 Amb. +5 to +99 0 to +200 0 to +200 0 to +200 -15 to +200 -15 to +200

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

7 Thermostatic baths, Optima series, raised shelves

Type bath bath bath bath

capacity capacity capacity capacity

12 18 26 38

9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224

Grant PK

with with with with

Cat. No.

7

The effective liquid depth is reduced in order to place small or shallow containers in the bath.

For For For For

Grant

l l l l

1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

092 093 094 095

723

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths 1 Test tube racks for Optima baths

1

Manufactured in stainless steel, with lifting handles. Available for test tubes with an external diameter of 10 to 13 mm, 16 to 19 mm or 30 mm, 0.5 ml or 1.5 ml microcentrifuge tubes.

QR racks can only be used with 5 litre baths.

VR racks can only be used with 12, 18, 26 and Max. number of racks per bath: 5 litres: S5, P5 12 litres: S12, P12 18 litres: S18, P18 26 litres: S26 38 litres: S38 Max. number of test tubes per rack: Ø 10 to 13 mm Ø 16 to 19 mm Ø 24 mm Ø 30 mm Ø 0.5 ml microtube Ø 1.5 ml microtube

2

Type

For

QR 13 QR 19 QR 24 QR 30 QR SE QR LE VR 13 VR 19 VR 24 VR 30 VR SE VR LE

30 x 10/13 mm test tubes 16 x 16/19 mm test tubes 10 x 24 mm test tubes 5 x 30 mm test tubes 44 x 0.5 ml micro test tubes 35 x 1.5 ml micro test tubes 65 x 10/13 mm test tubes 36 x 16/19 mm test tubes 23 x 24 mm test tubes 14 x 30 mm test tubes 102 x 0.5 ml micro test tubes 75 x 1.5 ml micro test tubes

Grant

38 litre baths.

1 2 4 4 6

x x x x x

QR VR VR VR VR

VR QR 65 30 36 16 23 10 14 5 102 44 75 35 PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141

4

3

2 3 4 Thermostatic baths, Optima series, P tanks Robust plastic baths for use at temperatures from ambient +5°C to +99°C. Supplied with bridge mounting plate for Optima series controllers without clamps and built-in lifting handles at casing ends. Liquid depth for all models min./max.: 80/140 mm.

Type

P5 P 12 P 18

724

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 5 390 x 200 x 170 12 415 x 350 x 170 18 600 x 350 x 170

E & OE.

Grant

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.905 710 9.905 711 9.905 712

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Water baths

1

2

3

1 2 3 Thermostatic baths, Optima series, S tanks Stainless steel baths with outer casing made of glass-reinforced plastic providing excellent insulation properties. Resistant to common acids and solvents. Supplied with bridge mounting plate for Optima series controllers without clamps and built-in lifting handles at casing ends.

S5/S12/S18 S26/38 0 to 200째C -15 to 200째C C1G C1G, C2G 80/140 mm 130/190 mm

Operating range: Suitable immersion cooler Liquid depth min/max.: Type

S S S S S

5 12 18 26 38

Grant

Capacity External dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 5 325 x 175 x 175 12 350 x 325 x 175 18 530 x 325 x 225 26 530 x 325 x 225 28 720 x 390 x 225

PK

1 1 1 1 1

4

Cat. No.

9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905 9.905

713 714 715 716 717

5

4 5 Thermostatic baths, Optima series, lids Available in moulded plastic or stainless steel, flat or gabled with hinge as indicated (*).

Type

Description

Material

PL 5 PL 12 PL 18 FG 5 LG 12 LG 26 LG 38

Flat Flat Flat Flat Gabled* Gabled* Gabled*

Stainless Plastic Plastic Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless

For steel

steel steel steel steel

bath bath bath bath bath bath bath

Grant

PK P5 P 12 P 18 S5 S 12 S 18 and S 26 S 38

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699 9.699

085 086 087 088 089 090 091

725

100°

90°

80°

70°

60°

50°

40°

30°

We combine quality with environmental awareness!

20°

10°

www.memmert.com Memmert GmbH + Co. KG P.O. Box 1720 D-91107 Schwabach Tel. +49 (0) 9122 / 925 - 0 Fax +49 (0) 9122 / 145 85 E-Mail: sales@memmert.com

A 100%-controlled atmosphere in our Peltier appliances guarantees the highest accuracy and precision. In addition the cooling technology, dispensing with compressors, reduces energy consumption to a considerable degree, and thus CO2 emission as well. Our Peltier family: HPP constant climate chambers, IPP incubators and CDP cooling device for waterbaths.

A top performance from the experts for controlled atmosphere.

Energy-efficient and climate-friendly. For a sustainable future.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Drying cabinet

1

For general warming and drying purposes, including drying of drained laboratory glassware. Maximum temperature is approximately ambient +50°C. Capacity: 125 litres Internal dimensions: 420 x 730 x 355 mm External dimensions: 600 x 750 x 360 mm Weight: 40 kg Shelves: 3, height adjustable Power rating: 500 W Voltage: 220-240 V 50 Hz, single phase Description 125 litres, sliding door

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.951 490

2 Universal Ovens and incubators, B series

2

All models are equipped with: Memmert - microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indicator - single, class A, Pt100 sensor with 4-wire-circuit - integral digital timer (1 min. up to 99 h 59 min) to switch off heating to stand-by mode - digital LED display of set and actual temperature as well as remaining process time - two separate overtemperature protection systems: In case of total sensor failure the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature; in case of thermostatic switch failure, the heating is controlled by an additional thermostat approx. 10°C above the set temperature; if a sensor fault (incorrect measurements) or the total breakdown of the controller occurs, the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the max. oven temperature by a TB class 1 mechanical temperature limiter - for very sensitive and/or valuable/irreplaceable loads, we recommend our E- and P-class ovens, guaranteeing an even higher safety standard.

- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on all four sides, providing uniform gentle heating.

Power supply: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz Safety proof: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST

3 Universal Ovens, UNB series

3 Memmert

Ventilation and control: Temperature range:

natural convection +30 to +220°C; (actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)

Display resolution set value: actual value:

Type

UNB UNB UNB UNB UNB

100 200 300 400 500

0.5°C 0.5°C

Internal volume

litres 14 32 39 53 108

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves

320 400 480 400 560

x x x x x

175 250 250 330 400

x x x x x

mm 240 320 320 400 480

2 3 3 4 5

/ / / / /

1 1 1 2 2

470 550 630 550 710

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 520 600 600 680 760

W 600 1100 1200 1400 2000

1 1 1 1 1

x x x x x

325* 400* 400* 480* 550*

x x x x x

Cat. No.

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

051 052 053 054 055

* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

E & OE.

727

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Universal Ovens, UFB series

1

Memmert Ventilation: Temperature range:

Forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine +30 to +220°C; (actual minimum: 10°C above ambient)

Display resolution set value: actual value:

Type

UFB 400 UFB 500

Internal volume

litres 53 108

0.5°C 0.5°C

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 330* x 400 4 / 2 560 x 400* x 480 5 / 2

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

Cat. No.

mm 550 x 480** x 680 710 x 550** x 760

W 1400 2000

1 1

9.868 056 9.868 057

* Minus 30 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel **Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

2 Precision incubators, INB series

2

Memmert Ventilation: Temperature range:

natural convection +30 to +70°C; (actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)

Display resolution set value: actual value: Additionally fitted with inner glass door

Type

INB INB INB INB

200 300 400 500

Internal volume

litres 32 39 53 108

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves

400 480 400 560

x x x x

250 250 330 400

x x x x

mm 320 320 400 480

3 3 4 5

/ / / /

1 1 2 2

550 630 550 710

0.5°C 0.5°C

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 600 600 680 760

W 440 500 800 900

1 1 1 1

x x x x

400* 400* 480* 550*

x x x x

Cat. No.

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

047 048 049 050

* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

3

3 Universal Ovens and Incubators, E series All models are equipped with: Memmert - fuzzy supported PID-microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indicator - 2 x Pt100 Class A sensors with 4-wire circuit, mutually monitoring and maintaining performance at the stable temperature value - digital 7-day programme-timer - integral digital timer for temperature profile wirh max. 4 segments, adjustable from 1 min. up to 999h: Delayed on; Heating up; Hold, Cooling-down, "Loop" function with 1 to 99 repeats or continuous - heating switch off to stand-by mode - digital LED display of set all parameters - Triple overtemperature protection systems: if an overtemperature state occurs due to failure the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed value); - independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller TWW protection class 3.1 - mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature - Easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing with integral and protected largearea heating on four sides. 2 perforated stainless steel, non-tipping shelves Supply requirements: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz. approx. 1400 W (during heating). Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST Glass door available at extra charge.

728

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1

2

1 Universal Ovens, UNE series Memmert Ventilation: Temperature range:

natural convection +30 to +250°C; (actual minimum: 5°C above ambient)

display resolution 0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C Calibration certificate for test at +160°C Type

UNE UNE UNE UNE UNE UNE UNE UNE

200 300 400 500 550 600* 700* 800*

Internal volume

litres 32 39 53 108 153 256 416 749

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 250 x 320 480 x 250 x 320 400 x 330 x 400 560 x 400 x 480 480 x 500 x 640 800 x 500 x 640 1040 x 500 x 800 1040 x 600 x 1200

3/1 3/1 4/2 5/2 7/2 7/2 9/2 14 / 2

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 550 x 400** x 600 630 x 400** x 600 550 x 480** x 680 710 x 550** x 760 630 x 650** x 920 950 x 650** x 920 1190 x 650** x 1080 1190 x 750** x 1620

W 1100 1200 1400 2000 2200 2400 4000 4800

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

058 059 060 061 041 062 063 064

* Double doors ** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

2 Universal Ovens, UFE series Memmert Ventilation:

forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 10% steps via process controller +30°C to +250°C (actual minimum: 10°C above ambient)

Temperature range: Display resolution:

0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C Calibration certificate for test at +160°C Type

UFE UFE UFE UFE UFE UFE

400 500 550 600* 700* 800*

Internal volume

litres 53 108 153 256 416 749

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 330** x 400 560 x 400** x 480 480 x 500* x 640 800 x 500** x 640 1040 x 500** x 800 1040 x 600** x 1200

4/2 5/2 7/2 7/2 9/2 14 / 2

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 550 x 480*** x 680 710 x 550*** x 760 630 x 650** x 920 950 x 650*** x 920 1190 x 650*** x 1080 1190 x 750*** x 1620

W 1400 2000 2200 2400 4000 4800

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

065 066 042 067 068 069

* Double doors ** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel ***Depth without door handle, please add 38mm

E & OE.

729

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Incubators, INE series

1

Memmert Ventilation: Temperature range:

natural convection +30°C to +70°C (actual minimum: 5°C above ambient) 0.1°C with inner glass door

Display resolution: Textured stainless steel casing: Calibration cerificate at +37°C

Type

INE INE INE INE INE INE INE INE

200 300 400 500 550 600* 700* 800*

Internal volume

litres 32 39 53 108 153 256 416 749

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 250** x 320 480 x 250** x 320 400 x 330** x 400 560 x 400** x 480 480 x 500** x 640 480 x 500** x 640 1040 x 500** x 800 1040 x 600** x 1200

3/1 3/1 4/2 5/2 7/2 7/2 9/2 14 / 2

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 550 x 400*** x 600 630 x 400*** x 600 550 x 480*** x 680 710 x 550*** x 760 630 x 650 x 920 630 x 650** x 920 1190 x 650*** x 1080 1190 x 750*** x 1620

W 440 500 800 900 1100 1600 1800 2000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537

339 340 341 342 336 343 344 345

* Double doors ** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel ***Depth without door handle, please add 38mm

2

2 Universal Ovens and incubators, "Perfect" series The highest specification class for the most demanding requirements: Memmert - adaptive, fuzzy-supported, microprocessor PID-temperature controller - autodiagnostic system with fault indicator - two, class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, jointly monitoring and regulating performance at any specific temperature - digital 7-day programmer with real time clock allowing precise setting to minute intervals and one set value or ramp operation in combination with digital, heating-profile timer with max. 40 ramp segments, each segment adjustable from 1 min to 999 hours - multifunctional menu programming via 8-digit, multilingual, alphanumeric display of: heating profiles of up to 40 ramps, time- and set-point dependent operation, fan air circulation speed in 10% steps from min. 20% to 100% - long-term documentation (memory) of all relevant data, GLP-conformance using 1024kB memory datalogger - non-volatile, programme memory - parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible, ink-jet printers for GLP documentation - RS232 interface with Memmert "Celsius" software - chip-card control incl. one MEMory Card XL with 32kB (holds up to 40 ramps) - Multiple Overtemperature Protection: With audible and visual alarms; digitally adjustable, TWW protection class 3.1, electronic overtemperature controller - maximum value for overtemperature; additional adjustable "ASF" AutoSafety-Function for over- and undertemperature, which monitors the set value at a preset tolerance range; an audible alarm is activated in case of over- or undertemperature and heating is switched off in the event of overtemperature; TB class 1, mechanical temperature limiter, which switches the heating off at approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature.

- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on all four sides, providing uniform gentle heating.

Supply requirements: 230 V (UN/UF 700 and 800: 400V) ±10%, 50/60Hz Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST Optional equipment: An alternative external glass door is available at extra cost.

333 730

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers Universal ovens, UNP series Memmert Ventilation: Temperature range:

natural convection +30°C to +250°C (actual minimum: 5°C above ambient) 0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C

Display resolution: Calibration certificate at +160°C Type

UNP UNP UNP UNP UNP UNP UNP UNP

200 300 400 500 550 600* 700* 800*

Internal volume

litres 32 39 53 108 153 256 416 749

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 250 x 320 480 x 250 x 320 400 x 330 x 400 560 x 400 x 480 480 x 500 x 640 800 x 500 x 640 1040 x 500 x 800 1040 x 600 x 1200

3/1 3/1 4/2 5/2 7/2 7/2 9/2 14 / 2

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 550 x 400** x 600 630 x 400** x 600 550 x 480** x 680 710 x 550** x 760 630 x 650** x 920 950 x 650** x 920 1190 x 650** x 1080 1190 x 750** x 1620

W 1100 1200 1400 2000 2200 2400 4000 4800

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

070 071 072 073 044 074 075 076

* Double doors ** Depth without door handle, please add 38mm

1

1 Universal ovens, UFP series Memmert Ventilation: Temperature range: Display resolution: Calibration certificate at +160°C

Type

UFP UFP UFP UFP UFP UFP

400 500 550 600* 700* 800*

Internal volume

litres 53 108 153 256 416 749

forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 10% steps via process controller, with each segment individually programmable +30°C to +250°C (actual minimum: 10°C above ambient) 0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 330** x 400 560 x 400** x 480 480 x 500** x 640 800 x 500** x 640 1040 x 500** x 800 1040 x 600** x 1200

4/2 5/2 7/2 7/2 9/2 14 / 2

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 550 x 480*** x 680 710 x 550*** x 760 630 x 650*** x 920 950 x 650*** x 920 1190 x 650*** x 1080 1190 x 750*** x 1620

W 1400 2000 2200 2400 4000 4800

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

077 078 045 079 080 081

* Double doors ** Minus 30mm (up to UFE 600) and 45mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel ***Depth without door handle, please add 38mm

E & OE.

731

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Precision Incubators, INP series

1

Ventilation: Temperature range: Display resolution: 2nd chip-card (Steri-Card) for sterilization of work chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours at 160°C) Additionally supplied with inner glass door Calibration certificate at +37°C

Type

INP INP INP INP INP INP INP INP

Internal volume

litres 32 39 53 108 153 256 416 749

200 300 400 500 550 600* 700* 800*

Int. Shelf dimensions support (W x D x H) ribs/shelves mm 400 x 250 x 320 480 x 250 x 320 400 x 330 x 400 560 x 400 x 480 480 x 500 x 640 800 x 500 x 640 1040 x 500 x 800 1040 x 600 x 1200

3/1 3/1 4/2 5/2 7/2 7/2 9/2 14 / 2

Memmert natural convection +30°C up to +70°C (actual minimum: 5°C above ambient) 0.1°C

Housing (W x D x H)

Rating

PK

mm 550 x 400** x 600 630 x 400** x 600 550 x 480** x 680 710 x 550** x 760 630 x 650** x 920 950 x 650** x 920 1190 x 650** x 1080 1190 x 750** x 1620

W 440 500 800 900 2200 1600 1800 2000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537

346 347 349 350 354 351 352 353

* Double doors ** Depth without door handle, please add 38mm

Accessories for Universal ovens B-, E- and P- series Type E3(x): standard, stainless steel wire (for enhanced air circulation)

Memmert

Type E0(x): perforated stainless steel shelves (max. loading: 30kg) B-Class = UNB/UFB/INB/SNB/SFB E- and P-Class = UNE/INE/SNE/SFE/UNP/UFP/INP/SFP Type

Cl.

E0 E0 E0 E0 E0 E0 E0 E0 E0 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3

B B, E, B, E, B, E, B, E, E, P E, P E, P E, P B B, E, B, E, B, E, B, E, E, P E, P E, P E, P

100 200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800

PK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

P P P P

P P P P

Cat. No. 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 6.232 6.231 6.232 9.537 9.537 9.537 6.222

026 126 226 326 426 476 526 626 826 103 203 432 512 433 553 603 703 688

additional stainless steel shelves are available on request

Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series Full glass door for UN/UF series.

Type Full Full Full Full Full Full Full Full

glass glass glass glass glass glass glass glass

732

Memmert Cl.

door door door door door door door door

for for for for for for for for

size size size size size size size size

200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800

cabinet cabinet cabinet cabinet cabinet cabinet cabinet cabinet

only only only only only only only only

E, E, E, E, E, E, E, E,

PK

P P P P P P P P

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

120 130 140 150 155 160 170 180

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series Extended temperature range option, maximum 300°C - Universal ovens (Not available for models with full glass door).

Type

Cl.

A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0

E, E, E, E, E, E, E, E,

200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800

Memmert PK

P P P P P P P P

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No. 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868 9.868

520 530 540 550 555 560 570 580

Accessories for Universal ovens, E- and P- series Special equipment.

Memmert

Type

Cl.

Description

PK

Cat. No.

Q1

E, P

IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer OQ check list, including temperature distribution survey to DIN 12880: 2007-05 at 9 measuring points OQ check list, including temperature distribution survey to DIN 12880: 2007-05 at 27 measuring points Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius FDA-Edition" Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card) additional MEMory Card additional SeriCard (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators

1

9.867 698

Q2

E, P 200/300

1

9.867 699

Q2

E, P 400/500/550/600/700/800

1

9.867 693

Q3

P

1

9.867 700

V1

P

1

9.867 701

V4 V9

P P

1 1

9.867 714 9.867 702

W3 W4

E, P P

USB interface instead of RS232 Ethernet interface instead of RS232. Software "Celsius-Ethernet-Edition" included

1 1

9.867 717 9.867 718

1 Cooled incubators, series IPP and ICP

1

The innovations of the new Perfect Line have been transplanted into Memmert cooled Memmert incubators as well. With fuzzy logic-supported, multifunctional, PID-microprocessor controller, 2 x high quality DIN-class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 probes allowing simultaneous monitoring and control functions, digital real time clock with weekly programmer and daily schedule function, protocol timer for temperature profiles of up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 h segments; programmable with an 8-digit, alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up) also used for visualizing data during operation.

An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof, storage and output of GLPcompliant, archive documentation of all relevant data. Includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3compatible printers, RS 232 interface incl."Celsius 2007 Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card.

For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided, with audiovisual alarm system, microprocessor temperature selector (MTS), protection class 3.3, for over- and undertemperature and additional integral Automatic Safety Function ASF for high and low temperature limits, automatically monitoring the set temperature and warning by an alarm when there is a temperature-related malfunction. In addition, the ICP series has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C above it's setting.

Proven Memmert quality: Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and stainless steel chamber guarantees corrosionresistance, easy cleaning and sanitization With additional inner glass door.

Calibration certificate available on request at +10°C and +37°C

333

Supply requirements: 230 V ±10% 50 Hz

E & OE.

733

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1

2

1 Cooled incubators, IPP series with Peltier heating/cooling system temperature range: + 5°C to + 70°C. maximum temperature fluctuation: better than 0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.4°C (spatial at 10 to 37°C): At temperatures above 4°C a defrosting process is not necessary. With gentle, fan-assisted, air circulation via refrigerant-free, Peltier-cooled fan.

Type

IPP IPP IPP IPP

200 300 400 500

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 32 400 x 250* x 39 480 x 250* x 53 400 x 330* x 108 560 x 400* x

320 320 400 480

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 550 x 490** x 630 x 490** x 550 x 550** x 710 x 620** x

Memmert

PK

600 600 680 760

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537

925 926 927 930

* Minus 10 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel **Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

2 Cooled incubators with compressor cooling, ICP ICP-cooled incubators with compressor cooling system.

Temperature range 0°C to + 60°C.

Memmert

Maximum temperature fluctuation: better than ±0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.3°C (spatial at 37°C acc. DIN).

Gentle, forced-air circulation, separation of the heating system from the interior, which ensures no sample drying occurs due to the cooling evaporator. Energy-efficient, CFC-free (R134a refrigerant) cooling/heating, with highly efficient auto-defrost function. Microprocessor control of air circulation turbine fan speed in 10 % steps (between 10 and 100%) Type

ICP ICP ICP ICP ICP

400 500 600 700 800

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 53 400 x 330* x 400 108 560 x 400* x 480 256 800 x 500* x 640 416 1040 x 500* x 800 749 1040 x 600* x 1200

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 558 x 486** x 967 718 x 556** x 1047 958 x 656** x 1335 1198 x 656** x 1495 1198 x 756** x 1895

PK

1 1 1 1 1

* Minus 30 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel **Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

734

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537

904 905 906 907 908

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 2 CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series

1

Ventilation and Control: Memmert - uniform atmosphere and temperature distribution owing to enclosed non-turbulent ventilation system in working chamber - adaptive, fuzzy-supported multifunctional digital microprocessor PID-controller - integral fault diagnostics on temperature, CO2 and humidity limit control - 2 x Class A , 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors mutually monitoring and maintaining the performance at the same temperature value - digital 7-day programme timer with real time clock, precise minute setting - digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, CO2, humidity and set-up values language to be chosen in setup - CO2 supply via sterile filter, with two connections as well as automatic change-over device for gas bottles - digital electronic CO2 control with automatic zeroing (infrared measuring system) - CO2-supply being interrupted upon door opening - digital display of set and actual values (LED 0.1°C resolution) of temperature and CO2-concentration - integral humidity limit control (88 to 97%) with digital display of relative humidity - setting accuracy 1% - long-term documenting (memory) of all relevant data, GLP-compliant data logger - 1024 kB - non-volatile, programme memory - parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible ink-jet printers for GLPconforming documentation - serial interface RS232 including Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation - chip card (STERICard) for sterilization of working chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours/160°C) without removal of sensors and mountings Multiple Overtemperature Protection: - with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-CO2,open door and empty gas cylinder - independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller TWW protection class 3.1 - additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically following the set value at a preset tolerance range - mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature Heating Concept: - large-area multi-function heating system on four sides incl. additional door and back heating to avoid condensation - incl. works calibration certificate for +37°C Textured Stainless Steel Casing: - fully insulated stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment - inner glass door with opening (8mm dia.) to take gas samples - zinc-plated, steel rear panel Interior: - easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing, material no. 1.4301, electropolished and hermetically welded - 3 non-tipping, perforated stainless steel shelves, 1 stainless steel water dish Temperature Range: from +20°C (or amb. + 8°C whichever is higher) up to +45°C Voltage/Power Rating: 230V (±10%), 50/60Hz; approx. 1000W (during heating)

Type

Internal dimensions/housing (WxHxD) mm 560 x 480 x 400*/710 x 778 x 550** 480 x 640 x 500/630 x 938 x 650 640 x 640 x 600/790 x 938 x 750 * Minus 25 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel ** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

INCO 2/108 INCO 2/153 INCO 2/246

Type

INCO 2/108 INCO 2/153 INCO 2/246

2

Internal Shelf volume support ribs litres 108 4* 153 6* 246 6*

Shelves Stainless steel water dishes

2* 1* 3* 1* 3* 2**

Rating

PK

Cat. No.

W 1000 1500 2000

1 1 1

9.867 703 9.867 704 9.867 705

*full width **half width

E & OE.

735

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Accessories for CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series

1

Memmert

Type E7 INCO E7 INCO E2 INCO E2 INCO E2 INCO K7

Description 2/108 2/153 2/108 2/153 2/246

PK

Cat. No.

Additional stainless steel shelf, full width Additional stainless steel shelf, full width Additional stainless steel shelf, full width Additional water tray, full width Additional water tray, half width Active humidity control microprocessor (40 to 97% RH)

1 1 1 1 1 1

9.867 9.867 9.867 9.867 9.867 9.867

V9

Additional Steri-Card (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators

1

9.867 702

H7 V2 W6 H9

Pressure reduction valve (DIN 8546), incl. gas-bottle monitor RS485 interface (for cross linking of several devices) instead of USB RS232 interface instead of USB HEPA Interior filter

1 1 1 1

9.867 9.867 9.867 9.867

2

707 708 709 710 711 706

712 713 722 731

2 3 Vacuum drying ovens VO The new Perfect series of vacuum ovens, based on state-of-the art technology, has been Memmert optimised to fulfil the most stringent demands, beyond merely vacuum control. In addition to direct heating of the shelves and digital control of the vacuum depth (adjustable from 10 mbar to 1100 mbar) these vacuum ovens now have a weekly programmer and daily schedule function, protocol timer for temperature profiles of up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 hour segments; programmable with an 8-digit, alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up) also used for visualizing data during operation.

An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof, storage and output of GLPcompliant, archive documentation of all relevant data. Also includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3compatible printers, USB interface incl. "Celsius Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card.

3

For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided, with audiovisual alarm system, protection class 3.3 microprocessor temperature selector (MTS) for over- and undertemperature, and additional integral Automatic Safety Function ASF for high and low temperature limits, automatically monitoring the set temperature and warning by an alarm when there is a temperature-related malfunction. In addition, the VO series has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10째C above the set value.

Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and 1.4404 stainless steel chamber. Galvanized steel rear panel. Safety double-glazed, door window with inner toughened glass and outer shatterproof panels.

Type

VO 200 VO 400 VO 500

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 29 385 x 250 x 305 49 385 x 330 x 385 101 545 x 400 x 465

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 550 x 400* x 600 550 x 480* x 680 710 x 550* x 760

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.537 928 9.537 929 9.537 932

*Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

4

4 Vacuum ovens, VO series, accessories Memmert

Description

PK

Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 200 Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 400 Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 500 Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 34 L/min for VO 200 Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 60 L/min for VO 400/500

736

1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537 9.537

933 934 935 936 937

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Incubator, mechanical control

1

Robust, small, space-saving unit with hydraulic thermostat temperature controller and adjustable ventilation for accurate and reliable incubation.

-

BINDER

Range: 30°C to 70°C Adjustable air vent Inner glass door Available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1) Internal volume: 28 litres External dimensions: 580 x 425 x 402 mm Internal dimensions: 400 x 250 x 280 mm

Type

Description

B28 B28*

without cut-out with cut-out

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.883 556 9.883 557

*with overheat cut-out TB (Class 1)

2 Drying oven E28 series

2

Robust, space-saving, low-profile ovens with hydraulic thermostat control and adjustable chamber ventilation.

-

BINDER

range: 60°C to 230°C hydraulic thermostat temperature control chamber ventilation valve timer 0 to 120 mins. available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1)

Type

E 28 E 28*

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 28 400 x 250 x 280 28 400 x 250 x 280

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 580 x 425 x 402 580 x 425 x 402

Description

without overheat cut out with overheat cut out

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.883 543 9.883 544

*with overheat cut-out TB (Class 1)

3 Drying ovens with natural convection, ED series

3

Routine drying and sterilization applications up to 300°C (572°F) and storage at BINDER precisely controlled, elevated temperatures are the strengths of ED drying ovens.

Because of their natural convection with a high rate of air exchange, thermal processes run with significantly increased efficiency.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically-controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with natural convection - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) - DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer - Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree - One ramp function - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm - Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide - 2 chrome-plated racks - Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable - Optional RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software - Binder test certificate Type

ED ED ED ED ED ED ED

23 23* 53 53* 115 115* 240*

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 23 222 x 277 x 330 23 222 x 277 x 330 53 400 x 330 x 400 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 600 x 400 x 480 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 800 x 500 x 600

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 433 x 516 x 492 433 x 516 x 492 634 x 575 x 617 634 x 575 x 617 834 x 645 x 702 834 x 645 x 702 1034 x 745 x 822

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

529 530 545 548 546 549 550

333

*with RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software

E & OE.

737

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1

1 Drying ovens with forced convection, FD series FD series units are primarily used in applications needing rapid drying and sterilization.

BINDER Totally homogenous temperature distribution, rapid dynamic response, and a special air turbine which was developed by Binder and has 20% higher output, have made the FD series a genuine time-saving device.

Performance features and equipment: - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with forced convection - DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer - Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm - Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct, with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide - 2 chrome-plated racks - Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable - Binder test certificate

Type

FD FD FD FD

2

23 53 115 240

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 20 222 x 277 x 330 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 800 x 500 x 600

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 433 x 516 x 492 634 x 575 x 617 834 x 645 x 702 1034 x 745 x 822

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

808 800 801 802

2 Drying oven with forced convection, FED series The FED series is a true all-rounder. It has enormous capacity and is at the same time BINDER particularly adaptable to the specific requirements of a large variety of testing applications. The enhanced time functions and the digitally controlled air turbine can be used to adjust ideal temperature parameters and recirculation air conditions.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically-controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with forced convection - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) - MS Controller with several timer functions - Controller timer functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, temperature dependent delayed OFF - Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree - Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm - Adjustable ventilation by means of a 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct, with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide - RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem, or switch over to printer output with RS 232/RS 422 interface converter - Adjustable printing intervals - Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable - 2 chrome-plated racks - Binder test certificate

Type

FED FED FED FED FED

738

53 115 240 400 720

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 800 x 500 x 600 400 1000 x 500 x 800 720 1000 x 600 x 1200

E & OE.

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 634 x 575 x 617 834 x 645 x 702 1034 x 745 x 822 1234 x 765 x 1022 1234 x 865 x 1528

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

553 554 555 803 804

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Safety drying ovens with first class safety features, FDL

1

This series presents the perfect environment for solvent-based samples. The interior BINDER chamber has a symmetrical airflow with defined flow velocities, free of silicone and dust, safeguarded by a high-efficiency filter cartridge. FDL therefore complies with all EN 1539 and ISO 3251 requirements and its programme with intelligent, fresh air monitoring feature offers maximum operator safety.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled, APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Complies with all safety requirements according to the standards EN 1539 and VBG 24 - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) - MP controller allows easy programming of variable temperature cycles with numerous temperature and time functions and programmable temperature ramps via programme editor; 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 1 programme with 20 segments - The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This applies to all programmes.

- Integrated7-day programme timer with real time function - Adjustable ramp function via programme editor - FKM door gasket (for max. temp. of 200°C/392°F) - Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm) - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible alarms - Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shut-down - 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct - RS 422 printer and communication interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software - 2 chrome-plated shelves - Binder test certificate

Type

FDL 115

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 115 834 x 685 x 800

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 115

Description

Standard

2 Safety drying ovens with first class safety features and an expanded temperature range, MDL series

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.883 580

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.883 581

2

The MDL series operates at temperatures up to 350 ºC at an airflow of 400l/min, ideal BINDER conditions for high temperature testing, e.g. in coil coating applications. The preheating chamber with its special Airflow Design permits homogeneous heat-treatment processes to be performed with maximum operator safety in an extremely short time, safeguarded by electronic monitoring of incoming air. Individual programming options provide maximum flexibility for completing your tasks.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 350°C (662°F) - MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each to a maximum of 500 segments - User-friendly LCD screen - Easy-to-read menu guide - Integral electronic chart recorder - Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters - Real-time clock - Heat output: 9.0 kW - Silicone door gasket, resistant to high operating temperatures - Adjustable ramp function via programme editor - 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct - Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm) - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880) with visible and audible alarms - Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shutdown - RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software - 2 chrome-plated shelves - Binder test certificate

Type

MDL 115

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 115 600 x 435 x 435

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 834 x 685 x 800

Description

Standard

E & OE.

739

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Vacuum drying oven for non-flammable solvents, VD series The VD series offers safe drying with homogenous temperature distribution, thanks to its APT.line™ air jacket system.

Optimum heat transfer through patented expansion rack technology; the racks can be positioned as needed and are easy to clean. In addition to these many features, the units have an individually programmable controller.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Temperature range: 15°C (59°F) above ambient temperature up to 200°C (392°F) (optional up to 250°C (482°F) - MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments - The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This adjustment applies to all programmes.

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one or tenth of a degree - Elapsed time indicator - Ventilation needle valve - Spring-mounted shatter proof safety glass panel - Inert gas needle valve with cross-flow technology - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm - DN 16 measuring port in rear wall - Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure) - Electro-polished inner chamber - All vacuum and vent hoses, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack support and the vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti - Door gasket made of tempered silicone - 2 × 24 V DC (max 0.4 A) switching outputs, switched via 2 controller contacts in the programme controller - RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software, or switch over to printer output with RS 232/RS 422 interface converter - With 2 aluminium shelf racks - Binder test certificate

Type

VD 23 VD 53 VD 115

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 23 285 x 285 x 285 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 506 x 450 x 506

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 515 x 500 x 655 634 x 550 x 775 740 x 670 x 900

Description

Standard Standard Standard

1

740

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.883 540 9.883 541 9.883 542

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Safety vacuum drying ovens for flammable solvents, VDL series BINDER

The VDL series with its extended package of safety features ensures maximum safety when drying organic solvents in accordance with TÜV/GS guidelines. The interior chamber is designed in accordance with the ATEX Directive for Zone 2, but the VDL series can also be equipped in accordance with the explosion risk requirements for zone 2 explosion hazard areas.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Temperature range: 15°C (59°F) above ambient temperature up to 200°C ( 392°F) - MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments - Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one or tenth of a degree - Integrated 7-day programme timer with real time function - Spring-mounted safety glass pane with splinter protection - Adjustable heat output (0 to 100 %) - Pressure monitor for controlled heat release at < 125 mbar (94 torr) - Pressure encapsulated instrument compartment with controlled overpressure by means of compressed air - Flame protection gasket - Ventilation bleed needle valve - Inert gas needle valve with cross-flow technology - Spring-mounted safety glass pane with splinter protection - Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure) - Electro polished inner chamber - All vacuum and vent tubing, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack support and the vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti - Door gasket made of tempered silicone - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm - DN 16 measuring port in rear wall - RS 232 printer and communications interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software - with 2 aluminium shelf racks

Type

VDL VDL VDL VDL VDL VDL

23 53 115 23 EX 53 EX 115 EX

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 23 285 x 285 x 285 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 506 x 450 x 506 23 285 x 285 x 285 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 506 x 450 x 506

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 515 x 500 x 655 634 x 550 x 775 740 x 670 x 900 515 x 727 x 655 634 x 777 x 775 740 x 897 x 900

Description

PK

Standard Standard Standard EX-Zone 2 EX-Zone 2 EX-Zone 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

531 532 533 518 519 520

1

925

117

E & OE.

741

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1

1 Temperature test chambers with forced convection and individual programming testing, M series Because of its individual programming options and ability to operate at maximum BINDER temperatures up to 300°C, the M series is ideally suited for materials testing and aging tests. The heavy-duty air turbine and a programmable exhaust ventilation flap accelerate heat-up and ensure that the test temperature is maintained with absolute precision at all levels, with minimal spatial fluctuations; performance as never before.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) - MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments - User-friendly LCD screen - Easy-to-read menu guide - Integral electronic chart recorder - Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters - Real-time clock - Adjustable ramp function via programme editor - Programme-controlled ventilation flap - High air-exchange rate by high-performance fan - Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) - Rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) dia.

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm - RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software - 2 chrome-plated shelves - Binder test certificate

Type

M M M M M

53 115 240 400 720

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 800 x 500 x 600 400 1000 x 500 x 800 720 1000 x 600 x 1200

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 634 x 575 x 779 834 x 645 x 864 1034 x 745 x 984 1234 x 765 x 1184 1234 x 1692 x 865

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

563 564 565 566 567

2 Environmental simulation chambers for complex temperature profiles, MK series

2

This series covers the classic temperature range between -40°C and +180°C for heat BINDER and refrigeration tests - with the added benefit of natural simulation by means of preheating chamber technology and the Horizontal Air Flow Design. Unique technology, developed by Binder. With these features, the MK series thus meets the highest precision and performance requirements for cyclic temperature tests and presents an intelligent alternative to expensive individual solutions.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Temperature range from -40°C to +180°C (-40°F to +356°F), at an ambient temperature of 25°C/77°F - MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments - User-friendly LCD screen - Easy-to-read menu guide - Integral electronic chart recorder - Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters - Real-time clock - Heated viewing window with interior lighting - Adjustable high-performance fan - Programmable condensation protection for test material - Adjustable ramp function via programme editor - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible temperature alarms - Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 404a - Ethernet or rather RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software - Access port, 80 mm (3.1 inch) dia., top (MK 53), right and left sides (MK 720), access port, 50 mm (2 inch) dia. left side (MK 240) - 2 stainless steel shelves - Binder test certificate

Type

MK 53 MK 240 MK 720

742

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 53 402 x 330 x 402 240 735 x 434 x 700 700 1000 x 600 x 1168

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 740 x 740 x 1222 1140 x 946 x 1713 1341 x 987 x 1998

Description

Standard Standard Standard

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.883 560 9.883 561 9.883 562

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Temperature test chambers with forced convection, FP series

1

FP series chambers are designed for the most demanding test applications and are BINDER particularly effective, thanks to their extensive programming capabilities. Forced air convection reliably facilitates quick drying times as well as extra rapid heating-up, even when fully loaded.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with forced convection - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) - MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments - The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This adjustment applies to all programmes.

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of ±0.1/1°C - Adjustable ramp function via programme editor - Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) - Elapsed time indicator - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible alarm - Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide - RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem, or switch over to printer output with RS 232/RS 422 interface converter - Adjustable printing intervals - Units up to 115 (4.1 cu.ft.) litres are stackable - 2 chrome-plated, steel racks - Binder test certificate

Type

FP FP FP FP FP

53 115 240 400 720

Internal Supply volume requirements litres 53 115 240 400 720

230 230 230 400 400

V V V V V

1ph.

1ph.

1ph.

3ph.

1ph.

50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60

PK

Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

710 711 712 713 714

We can supply this

manufactorer’s whole product range !

E & OE.

743

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Environmental simulation cabinets for constant atmosphere, KBF series

1

The KBF series climatic test chambers are the ideal units for precise, reliable BINDER standardised simulation of all climatic conditions under constant atmosphere. This includes conforming to standards for processing items for preservation and (photo) stability tests in accordance with international EN standards and the ICH guidelines (CPMP/ICH/380/95/Q1A and Q1B). With a varied temperature capability and offering the widest possible climate range, KBF series is the perfect alternative to expensive test chambers and rooms.

APT.Line™ temperature technology guarantees unbeatable temperature accuracy and safely prevents the appearance of condensation. The high power capabilities in the heating and refrigeration units provide the precise simulation of extreme climate conditions. The microprocessor-controlled, humidification and dehumidification system guarantees a humidity range of 10% to 90% R.H. with humidity accuracy up to ±1% R.H. The humidity system uses tap water, a definite advantage for easy installation, convenience and maximum reliability for continuous use. APT-COM™ software fulfils all requirements of modern documentation and complete archiving of data.

- Range: -10°C to 100°C (without humidity) - Microprocessor-controlled humidification and dehumidification system with humidity range of 10% to 90%, ±1% R.H. - For use with normal tap water - Maintenance-free, precision, capacitance humidity sensor - Direct refrigeration system with R134a environmentally-friendly refrigerant - Optional humidity unit for photostability tests, conforming to ICH requirements available - Temperature selection monitor (Class 3.1).

- Inner glass doors with smooth internal surfaces.

- Ethernet or RS422 communication interface for APT-COM™ software - Temperature calibration and validation available on request - A wide range of options and accessories are also available on request - KBF series with ICH-compliant illumination: - ICH-compliant illumination in the doors for photostability tests in accordance with the ICH guideline Q1B, Option 2 - Vertically positioned illumination in both doors (10 light tubes) - Fulfils all criteria of the ICH guideline for the visible and the ultraviolet part of the light spectrum.

- Binder test certificate

Type

KBF KBF KBF KBF KBF

115 240 ICH 240 720 ICH 720

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 650 x 470 x 785 240 650 x 470 x 785 700 1000 x 600 x 1168 700 1000 x 600 x 1168

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 834 x 646 x 1022 905 x 765 x 1458 905 x 765 x 1458 1234 x 867 x 1816 1234 x 867 x 1816

Description

standard standard ICH-conformance specification standard ICH-conformance specification

333

744

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

577 582 583 579 584

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 1 Plant growth chambers with optimal lighting conditions, KBW series

1

Combining precision with maximum dynamics, KBW exceeds any requirements with BINDER respect to optimal lighting and temperature conditions for exactly defined growth processes. Extremely short reaction times keep all parameters in equilibrium - simulating nature as never before.

Operation is truly enhanced by the integral real-time clock function in the controller.

Performance features and equipment: - electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - temperature range: -10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) - MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 1 programme with 20 segments - the time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of either 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours.

This adjustment applies to all programmes.

- adjustable ramp functions via programme editor - integrated 7-day programme timer with real time function for programming day/night cycles - digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C - adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) - elapsed time indicator - flexible illumination cassettes with 4 daylight fluorescent tubes - access port, 30mm (1.2 inch) dia , right side, top and bottom - inner glass door - independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visible and aaudible alarm - environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a - RS422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software, or switch over to printer output with RS232/RS422 interface converter - adjustable printing intervals - stainless steel shelves - Binder test certificate

Type

KBW 240 KBW 400 KBW 720

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 240 650 x 470 x 785 400 650 x 470 x 1308 720 1000 x 600 x 1168

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 905 x 765 x 1458 884 x 716 x 1850 1234 x 867 x 1816

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.883 573 9.883 535 9.883 574

Adjustable in 3 stages

333

E & OE.

745

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers-Incubators 1

1 Plant growth chambers with optimal climatic conditions, KBWF series -

Type

KBWF 240 KBWF 720

2

Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology BINDER Temperature range: -5°C to 100°C (23°F to 212°F) without humidity and illumination Temperature range: 20°C to 90°C (68°F to 194°F) with humidity respective to illumination Humidity range: 10% to 90% MCS controller for temperature, humidity, and illumination with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each to a maximum of 500 segments, for programming day/night cycles Integral electronic chart recorder Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters Real-time clock Illumination system with variable adjustable light boxes with 5 daylight fluorescent tubes Electronically controlled humidification and dehumidification system using tap water Capacitve humidity sensor with SPH technology Independent, adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible temperature alarm 2 access ports, 30 mm (1.2 inch) dia. each, at top and bottom at the right side Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a Inner glass door Complete safety connection hose kit for water supply and drain (total length 6m/19.7 ft.)

Ethernet or rather RS 422 interface for APT-COM™ DataControlSystem communication software 2 stainless steel shelves Binder test certificate

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 240 800 x 500 x 600 720 1000 x 600 x 1168

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 1034 x 745 x 1142 1234 x 867 x 1816

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.883 575 9.883 576

2 Hybridisation Incubator 7601 For exact hybridisations of DNA and RNA probes with nucleic acid on filter paper and for GFL incubations of protein blots with antibodies. The small quantity of hybridisation liquid that is required enables the user to work with high concentrations of probes or antibodies. Other applications are also possible. Instead of the removable rotating rack, the Incubator's interior can be equipped with up to five, non-tilt and pull-out, trays (accessories). The unit bears the CE mark.

- microprocessor-controlled temperature regulation. Temperature range: approx. 8°C above ambient to +99.9°C, Temperature constancy (temporal): ±0.5°C. Temperature setting and display: digital - LED, in 0.1°C increments.

- the ventilator ensures optimum temperature distribution throughout the cabinet interior - overtemperature cut-out: electronical, with visual alarm at 4°C above the set temperature, and electro-mechanical > 130°C. Electronic monitoring.

- variable rotating rack for up to 8 hybridisation bottles 51mm dia. or 16 hybridisation bottles 32mm dia. Rack rotation speed: 10 per minute, fixed - soft-touch keys with clear symbols - clear view of the interior cabinet through a large 16mm thick, heat-insulating, acrylic glass window - switches for two 15W cabinet lamps - interior chamber and rotisserie are stainless steel - two clip wheels with 8 spring clips (type 7937) and 4 hybridisation bottles (type 7945) are included as standard - housing: electrolytically galvanized, sheet steel - WxDxH (internal): 400 x 330 x 380 mm W x D x H (external): 580 x 610 x 650 mm - supply requirements: 230V 50/60Hz, 550 W (other voltages are available - details on request) - weight: 45kg

746

Type

PK

Cat. No.

7601

1

9.535 601

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1 Clip Wheel for Hybridisation Incubator 7601

1

Stainless steel, with holes for spring clips. Two clip wheels are included. Two more clip wheels can be inserted to double the capacity of shorter vessels.

GFL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

7940

1

9.535 640

2 Spring Clips for Hybridisation Incubator 7601

2

To attach hybridisation bottles onto the clip wheels. Two spring clips are required for each bottle. The required fixings are supplied with each clip. Eight spring clips 7937 are normally supplied.

Type

For dia.

7935 spring clip 7936 spring clip 7937 spring clip

mm 32 (16/32) * 38 (8/16) * 51 (8/16) *

GFL

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.535 635 9.535 636 9.535 637

* Maximum number of clips per clip plate/number of clips required.

3 Special Hybridisation Bottles

3

Accessories for Hybridisation Incubator 7601 (see also GFL Tube Roller Incubator GFL 4020).

Borosilicate glass, with plastic screw cap perforated with 0.5mm centre hole for pressure compensation (also available unperforated on request).

Type

Dia.

7943 7944 7945

mm 32 38 51

Length Max. bottles per rack mm 273 16 273 8 273 8

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.535 643 9.535 644 9.535 645

4 Perforated Tray for Hybridisation Incubator 7601

4

Stainless steel, can only be used instead of the rotisserie, max. five trays.

GFL

Type

PK

Cat. No.

7914

1

9.535 614

We can supply this

manufactorerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s whole product range !

E & OE.

747

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1

1 Microplate incubator, SI19 A dedicated microtitration plate incubator, working volume 20 litres. Up to 48 x 96-well Stuart plates can be held, evenly distributed onto four pull-out stainless steel shelves, one or two layers deep. Precise, even temperature control is maintained throughout the chamber by forced circulation of preheated air from one side to the other across the plates. When filled with 24 x 96-well plates evenly distributed and at a temperature setting of +37°C, variation of temperature between shelves is maintained to within ±0.5°C and fluctuation to within ±0.5°C. A removable stainless steel tray in the chamber base may be filled with water to increase humidity. The 10mm clear acrylic door opens upwards. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 280W. With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Temperature range °C: Usable volume litres: Temperature variation °C: Temperature fluctuation °C: Shelves supplied: Shelves supplied: Dimensions W x H x D Internal: External: Weight kg:

2

Amb. + 8°C to +80°C 20 litres ±0.5 ±0.5 4 250x 230 x 200mm 380 x 380 x 435mm 20 kg

Type

PK

Cat. No.

SI19

1

9.951 744

2 3 4 Total visibility incubators, SI60/SI60D As described. Capacity 60 litres. Maximum temperature 60°C. With hinged front and top Stuart panels, temperature control system with preset at 37°C, safety temperature cut-out, air circulating fan and holes for gas or cable introduction. Supplied flat packed for assembly by the user. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without base plate or shelf rack system.

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection on the metal surfaces.

3

Type SI60, 60 litres, dial control SI60D, 60 litres, digital set-and-read control

4

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.951 603

1

9.951 604

Total visibility incubators, SI60 series, accessories Stuart Description Base plate Shelf rack system, plastic coated wire

748

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.951 605 9.951 606

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 2

1

1 2 3 Shaking Incubators 3031, 3032 and 3033 with Orbital Motion

3

Specialising in gentle mixing as well as vigorous shaking, GFL Shaking Incubators are GFL used for applications that require exactly reproducible orbital motions and temperatures of up to +70°C, e.g. incubations, fermentations, homogenisations, chemical and biochemical reactions, enzyme and tissue studies, as well as for bacterial culture. The units bear the CE mark. Incubation time, temperature and shaking frequency regulation are microprocessor-controlled. Fast and exact temperature setting, exact reproducibility of set values.

- built-in RS232 serial interface for remote control of measurement and control tasks via PC, compatible with PC software programme e.g. labworldsoft® - temperature range: from 8°C above ambient to +70°C. Serial cooling coil for operation below ambient temperature.

Operation with cooling coil: +20°C to +70°C (dependent on cooling media and ambient temperature) - temperature constancy (temporal): ±0.2°C - soft-touch keys with clear symbols - setting and display of temperature (in 0.1°C increments), shaking frequency and incubation time: digital - LED. - optimum temperature distribution throughout the cabinet interior with a ventilator - electronic monitoring of the temperature controller. Over-temperature cut-out: electronical/dependent on the set value, to protect the test substances, and electro-mechanically, to protect the unit. Under-temperature cut-out: electronical, max. 9.9°C below set temperature.

- shaking motion: orbital, can be switched on and off.

- silent and robust shaking mechanism with gentle start-up.

- Incubation time: 1 minute to 999:59 hours - the microprocessor-controlled timer continuously displays the remaining period of the incubation process and triggers an audible alarm at the finish - Maximum load 3031/3032/3033: 12kg/12kg/20kg - Supply requirements: 230V 50/60 Hz, 0.8kW (other voltages are available on request) Type 3031: Lift-up, transparent acrylic cover. Volume/capacity: approx. 46 litres/1 shaking tray. Outer casing made of heavy-duty ABS and powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. The aluminium shaking platform, includes four plastic pins to accept a shaking tray or a universal mount (accessories).

- shaking frequency: 10 to 250rpm max.

Type 3032 (one-door design)/Type 3033 (two-door design): Acrylic window panels. Volume: approx. 45L/approx. 150L, capacity: 2 shaking trays (for vessel heights > 150 mm/180 mm: 1 shaking tray). Outer casing in powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. Interior cabinet, the insides of the doors and the shaking platform are stainless steel. The frame, permitting the use of two shaking trays, is included. A fluorescent lamp for interior illumination is separated from the interior cabinet by a diffusing screen.

- Shaking speed type 2032: 10 to max. 250rpm - Shaking speed type 3033: 10 to max. 250rpm, if only bottom tray is fitted, max. 200rpm, if both trays are fitted

Type

3031 3032 3033

Amplitude Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm mm 30 450 x 450 x 280 25 450 x 300 x 320 25 674 x 540 x 430

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 525 x 665 x 570 710 x 650 x 710 930 x 890 x 820

Max.

kg 12 12 20 E & OE.

15

Weight

PK

Cat. No.

kg 38.50 70.00 135.00

1 1 1

9.837 926 9.837 927 9.837 929

749

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1

1 Trays for Shaking Incubators 3031, 3032 and 3033 Tray 3966 for Shaking Incubator 3031 and GFL Shakers 3011 to 3018 Stainless steel, 450 x 450 mm. With holes to accept clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and other acessories.

GFL

Tray 3970 for Shaking Incubator 3032 Stainless steel, 450 x 300 mm. With holes to accept clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and other acessories.

Tray 3980 for Shaking Incubator 3031 and GFL Shakers 3019 to 3020 Anodised aliminium, 670 x 537 mm. With holes to accept clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and other acessories.

2

Type

For Type

Platform 3966 Platform 3970 Platform 3980

3031 / 3011 to 3018 3032 3033 / 3019 / 3020

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.837 936 9.837 990 9.837 980

2 Clamps for Erlenmeyer Flasks Clamps for Shaking Incubators 3031/3032/3033 with orbital motion, to be screwed onto trays 3966, 3970 and 3980. Made of stainless steel. Complete with fixing material (see also GFL Shakers 3005 to 3020).

Type

3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3989

For flasks

Max. clips per platform refs.

GFL

PK

ml 3966/3970/3980 25 79/52/99 50 49/33/99 100 36/22/50 200 22/15/26 250-300 16/13/26 500 12/10/26 1000 9/6/12 2000 -/3/9

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837 9.837

983 984 985 986 987 988 989 991

3032 (Shaking tray 3970): Clamps for 300ml and larger: 1 tray only can be used 3033 (Shaking tray 3980): Clamps for 1000ml and larger: 1 tray only can be used Other clamps on request

3

4

3 4 Mini Incubator 4010 and Mini Tube Roller Incubator 4020 Both models are well suited for incubations that require exactly reproducible GFL temperatures in development and research laboratory applications.

Mini Incubator 4010: also suitable for warming and drying of samples.

Mini Tube Roller Incubator 4020: also suitable for hybridisations that require exactly reproducible temperatures.

Compact, little space required for versatile applications directly on the workbench. Lift-up, transparent acrylic, covers permit a clear view of the cultures in the interior cabinet. The units bear the CE mark.

- microprocessor-controlled temperature regulation, temperature range: approx. 8°C above ambient to +60°C, temperature variation (temporal): ±0.2°C - temperature setting and display: digital - LED, in 0.1°C increments - fan ventilation ensures optimum temperature distribution throughout the cabinet interior - electronic monitoring of the temperature controller, electronic overtemperature cut-out, with visual alarm at 4°C above the set value, and electro-mechanical >130°C - soft-touch keys with clear symbols - Outer casings made of powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized, sheet steel - W/D/H (outside): 280/510/280 - Mains supply: 230 V 50/60 Hz/0.3 kW (other are voltages on request) - Net/gross weight: 4010 9.9/11.8kg, 4020 11.8/13.7kg Mini Incubator 4010: Perforated tray and bottom tray made of stainless steel.

Mini Tube Roller Incubator 4020: Removable rotisserie, made of stainless steel, to accept hybridisation bottles from 32mm to 76mm dia. (can be placed individually or in pairs, even with different diameters - the outer axles can be placed into pre-fabricated seats without the use of tools). Even results and high resolutions of the detections even when in continuous use due to its constant frequency of 12rpm.

Type

Mini incubator 4010 Mini roller incubator 4020

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 230 x 310 x 170 230 x 300 x 140

Max. load kg 5 3

Capacity Movement type litres 12 10 rotating

Special hybridisation bottles for Tube Roller Incubator 4020: see Hybridisation Incubator 7601 (accessories).

750

E & OE.

Speed

rpm 12, fixed

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.535 605 9.535 607

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 2

1

3

1 2 3 Incubator with orbital shaker SI500 This combined shaker and incubator is ideal for scientists doing cell culturing procedures, especially suspension culture applications. It is compact enough to be positioned on the laboratory bench.

The shaker provides an orbital shaking motion, adjustable between 30 to 300rpm with a gentle start. The speed is microprocessor controlled and set via the digital LED control panel. The incubator also incorporates a versatile digital timer which can be set from 1 second to 9 days. After the timer has counted down the shaking action will stop and an alert will sound as a safety feature. The incubator will continue to run.

The incubator features smoked acrylic windows in the door and to both sides to allow easy visibility of the samples.

The incubator temperature is set via a separate bright LED display, encoder control ensures that the temperature can be quickly set between ambient temperature +5°C and 60°C. Forced air circulation ensures uniform heating of the load.

The SI500 platform has a versatile clamping system which secures most sizes and mixtures of flask up to 1 litre capacity. Typically, the platform will accommodate the following Erlenmeyer flasks: 12 x 250 ml, or 9 x 500 ml or 6 x 1000 ml.

The unit features a retractable platform. Under normal use the platform is locked in place but whilst accessing your samples the platform can be drawn forward out of the chamber to allow easiest access to samples at the back of the incubator.

The SI500 also features a USB connection and dedicated software to enable long term monitoring of the incubator temperature, i.e. over weekends.

A wide range of stainless steel accessory racks are available to hold 1.5ml, 15ml and 50ml sample tubes, the angle of the tubes can be adjusted up to 30°. Accessory racks are held to the orbiting platform by a patent pending Magnalock system, allowing quick coupling and de-coupling without tools.

Specifications Temperature range: Display resolution: Precision: Fluctuation: Variation: Speed range: Orbit diameter: Platform size: Internal dimensions (WxDxH): Overall dimensions (WxDxH): Maximum vessel height: Maximum load: Net weight: Heater power: Supply requirements:

Stuart

Ambient + 5°C to + 60°C 0.1°C ±0.5°C ±0.5°C < 0.5°C 30 to 300 rpm 16 mm 335 x 335 mm 422 x 408 x 297 mm 450 x 474 x 522 mm 250 mm 10 kg 30 kg 250 W 230 V 50 Hz, 300 W

Type

PK

SI500

1

Cat. No. 9.951 612

Tube racks for Shaking incubator SI500 Stuart Type

For

SI500/1 SI500/2 SI500/3 SI500/4

64 25 12 16

x x x x

PK 1.5 ml microtubes 15 ml centrifuge tubes 50 ml centrifuge tubes 30 ml universal containers

1 1 1 1 E & OE.

Cat. No. 6.234 9.645 6.234 9.645

298 346 299 347

751

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1 Microbiological incubators with natural convection, BD series

1

BD series incubators are specially designed for long-term, stable, continuous operation.

BINDER Ideal for gentle incubation of organisms in petri dishes and also for conditioning of heat sensitive media.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology - Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 100°C (212°F) - DS controller with integral timer: 0 to 99 hours - Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visual alarm - Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide - Inner glass door - RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem - Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable - 2 chrome-plated racks - Binder test certificate

Type

BD BD BD BD BD BD

23 53 115 240 400 720

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 20 222 x 277 x 330 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 800 x 500 x 600 400 1000 x 500 x 800 720 1000 x 600 x 1200

2

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 433 x 516 x 492 634 x 575 x 617 834 x 645 x 702 1034 x 745 x 822 1234 x 765 x 1022 1234 x 865 x 1528

Description

with with with with with with

PK

RS422 RS422 RS422 RS422 RS422 RS422

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

599 605 606 607 603 604

2 CO2 Incubators C 150 series The C 150 sets new standards for cell culture: contamination-free due to the hot air BINDER sterilization function at 180°C, stable pH using a drift-free FPI infrared measurement system, superior temperature precision with excellent dynamics and an interior that is condensation-free, even at high humidity levels, to ensure ultimate growth conditions. Used stand alone, or as a stack, the C 150 is easily accessible.

Standard features: - Temperature range 7°C (13°F) above ambient up to 50°C (122°F) - Air jacket system ensures temperature accuracy and reproducible results - Water pan with built-in condensation control maintains dry interior walls up to 95% RH - Standard compliant 180°C (356°F) hot air sterilization using an overnight cycle period (acc to. DIN 58947, Pharmacopoeias, ANSI) - Weldless, deep-drawn, inner chamber made of stainless steel with integrated shelf support system - Drift free, infrared, CO2 measurement system - Microprocessor with LED display for temperature and CO2 concentration - Various alarm and status displays - Automatic diagnostic system with optical and audible alarm, as well as zero-voltage relay contact for central monitoring - Lockable controller keyboard via 3 digit password - Independent adjustable temperature safety device class 3.1, providing full protection against chamber overtemperature, with visual and audible temperature alarm - Gas mixing head - Tightly closing, inner glass door - Lockable door - Door hinged left or right (factory option) - Units are stackable with stacking adapter - 3 perforated shelves made of stainless steel - Binder test certiicate

Description

Door right Door left Door right, 2 x CO2 incubators, incl. stacking adapter Door left, 2 x CO2 incubators, incl. stacking adapter

752

Internal External volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 150 680 x 815 x 819 150 680 x 815 x 819 150 680 x 815 x 1783

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 500 x 500 x 600 500 x 500 x 600 500 x 500 x 600

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.883 720 9.883 721 9.883 722

150 680 x 815 x 1783

500 x 500 x 600

1

9.883 723

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1 Refrigerated microbiological incubators with programme controller, KB series

1

KB is the all-rounder for work with microorganisms. With its wide range of individual BINDER programming functions, including real-time clock function and an incredibly large temperature range, it can be used for a broad spectrum of sophisticated applications in laboratories. The APT.line™ preheating chamber and the refrigeration system will ensure rapid recovery times and maximum precision, unaffected by the ambient temperature.

Performance features and equipment: - Electronically controlled APT.line™ preheating chamber technology with DCT™ refrigeration system - Temperature range: -10°C to 100°C (14°F - 212°F) KB 23 Benchtop: 0°C - 100°C (32°F - 212°F) - MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 1 programme with 20 segments - The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This applies to all programmes.

- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor - Integrated 7-day programme timer with real time function - Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1oC - Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) - Elapsed time indicator - Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880) with visual and acoustic alarm - Inner glass door - Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a - RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM™ DataControlSystem, or switch over to printer output with RS 232/RS 422 interface converter - Adjustable printing intervals - Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft) are stackable - 2 stainless steel racks - Binder test certificate

Type

KB KB KB KB KB KB

23 53 115 240 400 720

Internal Internal volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 20 222 x 277 x 330 53 400 x 330 x 400 115 600 x 400 x 480 240 650 x 470 x 785 400 650 x 470 x 1308 720 1000 x 600 x 1168

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 433 x 516 x 618 634 x 576 x 837 834 x 646 x 1022 650 x 485 x 785 884 x 716 x 1850 1234 x 867 x 1816

Description

PK

with RS 422 Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 CO2 Incubators

CB 150 CB 210

Internal External volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 150 680 x 722 x 919 210 740 x 722 x 1069

9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883 9.883

528 568 569 570 571 572

2

CB series, with oxygen control and gas-tight, individually separated glass inner doors and shelves.

Type

Cat. No.

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 500 x 500 x 600 560 x 500 x 750

E & OE.

BINDER

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.883 709 9.883 708

753

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1 2 CO2 incubators, CB series

1

The proven, APT.Line air jacket temperature technology combined with the latest FPIBINDER CO2 sensor technology guarantee precise growth rates which are reproducible at any time. The patented Permadry®-System guarantees maximum humidity up to 97% R.H. in the chamber whilst the inside walls remain completely dry. The new FPI- CO2 sensing system ensures rapid recovery to the set CO2 level after the doors have been opened because, unlike other measuring systems, it works independently of the air humidity with its sluggish recovery time. The new, patented gas mixing head guarantees an absolutely homogeneous CO2 concentration in the entire chamber without venting. The CB series are designed to eliminate various contamination risks and offer the highest safety standards. The unique construction of the unvented chamber, without any external connections provides the best protection against contamination because uncontrolled draughts, causing bacterial cross-over, are safely prevented.

For applications: Life science, clinical medicine, veterinary medicine, pharmaceutical industry, food industry, toxicology, basic research in biology and pre-clinical medicine.

2

-

Type

CB 53 CB 150 CB 210

Internal External volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 53 580 x 720 x 545 150 680 x 722 x 919 210 740 x 722 x 1069

Temperature range: ambient 7°C to 60°C Permadry®-System FPI- CO2 measuring system CO2 mixing head Electronic self-diagnosis system with potential-free alarm output Hot-air sterilization routine at 187.5°C Seamless, deep-drawn chamber, available in stainless steel or copper Removable, detachable plug-in carrier Class 3.1 temperature controller TWW (DW 12880) Optional RS422 communication interface for use with external PC and APT-COM software Calibration and validation possible Interior volume: 150/210 litres Binder test certificate Other options and accessories available on request

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 400 x 400 x 332 500 x 500 x 600 560 x 500 x 750

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.883 725 9.883 701 9.883 702

CO2 Incubators CB series with gastight, divided glass doors and divided shelves.

Type

CB 150 CB 210

Internal External volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 150 680 x 722 x 600 210 740 x 722 x 1069

BINDER

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 500 x 500 x 600 560 x 500 x 750

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.883 707 9.883 706

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 400 x 400 x 332 500 x 500 x 600 560 x 500 x 750

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.883 724 9.883 704 9.883 703

CO2 incubators CB CB with O2 adjustment.

Type

CB 53 CB 150 CB 210

754

Internal External volume dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 53 580 x 720 x 545 150 680 x 722 x 919 210 740 x 722 x 1069

BINDER

E & OE.

100°

90°

80°

70°

60°

50°

40°

30°

We combine quality with environmental awareness!

20°

10°

www.memmert.com Memmert GmbH + Co. KG P.O. Box 1720 D-91107 Schwabach Tel. +49 (0) 9122 / 925 - 0 Fax +49 (0) 9122 / 145 85 E-Mail: sales@memmert.com

A 100%-controlled atmosphere in our Peltier appliances guarantees the highest accuracy and precision. In addition the cooling technology, dispensing with compressors, reduces energy consumption to a considerable degree, and thus CO2 emission as well. Our Peltier family: HPP constant climate chambers, IPP incubators and CDP cooling device for waterbaths.

A top performance from the experts for controlled atmosphere.

Energy-efficient and climate-friendly. For a sustainable future.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1 Constant Climate Chamber Model HPP 108

1

Standard Features Memmert Ventilation and Control: - forced air, fan ventilation - adaptive, fuzzy-supported, multifunctional PID-controller, for stepless control of Peltier heating/cooling system without refrigerant - autodiagnostic system with fault indication on temperature and humidity control - 2 x Class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and maintaining performance at the same temperature value - digital, 7-day, programme-timer with real time clock and precise minute setting - integrated timer for heating/cooling profiles of up to 40 ramps, each segment adjustable from 1 min. up to 999 hours - digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, day, time, humidity and set-up values - language chosen in setup - digital display of set /actual values: 0.1°C - GLP-compliant archiving of all relevant data, via 1024kB memory data logger - non-volatile memory - parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible, ink-jet printers, providing GLP-compliant documentation - USB interface and Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation - chip card control incl. one MEMoryCard XL with 32 kB (up to 40 ramps) - incl. works calibration certificate for +10°C and +37°C at 60% RH Humidifying and dehumidifying system: - active humidifying and dehumidifying from 10 to 90% RH with digital display (resolution : 0.5%, setting accuracy 1% RH) - humidity supplied by distilled water from external tank using self-priming pump - humidification by hot steam generator - dehumidification by cold-trap using Peltier technology Multiple Overtemperature Protection - with audible and visual alarms in case of over-/under temperature and/or humidity, or empty water tank - independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller, TWW protection class 3.3 - additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically following the set value at a preset tolerance range Textured Stainless Steel Housing: - fully insulated, stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment - inner glass door - rear panel: zinc-plated steel Interior: - easy-to-clean, hermetically welded, 1.4301 (ASTM 304) stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, with 2 stainless steel wire shelves (HPP 749), 2 perforated stainless steel shelves (HPP 108) Heating- and cooling system: - energy-saving, Peltier heating-/cooling system integrated into the rear housing Temperature Range: - from +5°C up to +70°C - temperature variation in chamber at 10°C and 37°C: < ±0.4°C Voltage/Power Rating: - 230V (±10%) 50/60Hz

Type

Capacity

HPP 108 HPP 749

litres 108 749

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 560 x 400 x 480 1040 x 600 x 1200

Housing (W x D x H)

Weight

Rating

PK

Cat. No.

mm 710 x 760* x 620 1190 x 825* x 1620

kg 66 218

W 350 1050

1 1

9.868 000 9.868 001

Perforated stainless steel shelf IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius FDA-Edition" Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card)

1 1 1

6.232 520 9.867 729 9.867 730

1

9.867 725

Interface RS485 (for cross linking of several devices) instead of USB MEMoryCard XL Temperature profile write/read unit for programming via PC, for writing to and reading from the chip card, up to 40 ramps Ethernet interface instead of RS 232 Software "Celsius- Ethernet-Edition" included RS232 instead of USB USB connection cable for computer interface

1 1 1

9.867 713 9.867 727 7.082 551

1

9.867 720

1 1

9.867 722 9.867 724

* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm

E0 (X) Q1 Q3 V1 V2 V4 V3

W4 W6 W7

756

E & OE.

Filtration MACHEREY-NAGEL

Find out about high-quality products for filtration. As one of the leading filter paper manufacturers, we offer more than 7000 products from the following ranges:

• Quantitative (ashless) filter papers • Qualitative filter papers • Glass fibre filters • Filter papers for technical applications • Extraction thimbles • PORAFIL® filter membranes • CHROMAFIL® syringe filters • CHROMABOND ® MULTI 96 filters • Special products and costum-made products • ... and many more

Quality „Made in Germany“

We produce our filter papers exclusively in Germany. Thereby we guarantee constant high quality for our customers.

With pride we look back to a almost 100-year-old successful history. Founded in 1911 MACHEREYNAGEL today is a worldwide operating company. We develop and produce a large number of special products for analytical chemistry.

• Filter and filtration products • Rapid tests for environmental, process and food analysis • Test papers for medical urine analysis • Consumables for chromatography • Kits for purification of DNA and proteins

Be prepared for the future

Rely on MACHEREY-NAGEL filter papers at any time in the future. As a family-owned company the friendly expert advice for our highly-valued customers as well as outstanding product quality have been the cornerstones of our corporate success for almost 100 years.

MACHEREY-NAGEL

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 1 Humidity Chamber Model HCP 108

1

Ventilation and Control: Memmert - uniform atmosphere and temperature distribution owing to enclosed non-turbulent ventilation system in working chamber - adaptive, fuzzy-supported multifunctional digital microprocessor PID-controller - autodiagnostic system with fault indication on temperature and humidity control - 2 x Class A , 4-wire-circuit, Pt100 sensors mutually monitoring and maintaining the performance at the same temperature value - digital 7-day-programme-timer with real time clock, precise minute setting - integrated timer for tempering profiles of up to 40 ramps, each segment adjustable from 1 min.up to 999 hours - digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, humidity and set-up values language to be chosen in setup - digital display of set values (resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 0.5°C above 100°C) and actual values (resolution: 0.1°C) of temperature (LED) - active control for humidifying and dehumidifying (20 to 95% rh) with digital display of relative humidity - resolution of display: 0.5%,setting accuracy 1% - humidity supplied by distilled water from external tank using self-priming pump - long-term documentation (ring store) of all relevant data, GLP-compliant data logger - 1024 kB - non-volatile memory - parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible ink-jet printers for GLPconforming documentation - USB interface including Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation - chip card control incl. one MEMoryCard XL with 32 kB (up to 40 ramps) - 2nd chip card (STERICard) for sterilization of working chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours/160°C) without removal of sensors Heating Concept: - large-area multi-function heating system on four sides incl. additional door and back heating to avoid condensation - incl. works calibration certificate for +60°C Multiple Overtemperature Protection - with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-humidity, open door and empty water tank - independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller TWW protection class 3.1 - additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically following the set value at a preset tolerance range - mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature Textured stainless Steel housing: - W x H x D: 630 x 938 x 650mm - fully insulated stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment - inner glass door - zinc-plated steel rear panel Interior: - easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing,material no. 1.4301, electropolished and hermetically welded - 2 perforated stainless steel shelves Temperature Range: - with humidity: from +20°C (however at least 8°C above ambient temperature) up to + 90°C - without humidity: from +20°C (however at least 8°C above ambient temperature) up to + 160°C - temperature variation in chamber at 90°C: < ±0.5°C Voltage/Power Rating: - 230V (±10%) 50/60Hz

Type

Capacity

HCP 108 HCP 153 HCP 246

litres 108 153 246

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 560 x 400 x 480 480 x 500 x 640 640 x 600 x 640

Housing (W x D x H)

Weight

Rating

PK

Cat. No.

mm 710 x 550* x 778 630 x 650* x 938 790 x 750* x 938

kg 70 82 110

W 1000 1500 2000

1 1 1

6.229 955 9.868 006 6.230 984

PK

Cat. No.

* Depth without door handle, please add 38mm

Type

Description

E7 Q1 Q3

Additional stainless steel shelf, full width IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius FDA-Edition"

1 1 1

9.867 707 9.867 729 9.867 730

V1 V2 V3

Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card Interface RS485 (for cross linking of several devices) Temperature profile write/read unit for programming via PC, for writing to and reading from the chip card, up to 40 ramps

1 1 1

9.867 701 9.867 713 7.082 551

V4

MEMoryCard XL

1

9.867 727

758

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators 2 Climatic Test Chamber CTC/Temperature Test chamber TTC

2

Standard Equipment

Memmert

Ventilation and Control: - high-performance air fan in working chamber - depending on operation status automatically variable fan speed with manual adjustment from 10 to 100% - adaptive, fuzzy-supported multifunctional digital microprocessor PID-controller - autodiagnostic system with fault indication on temperature and humidity control - 2 x Class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and maintaining performance at the same temperature value - digital 7-day-programme-timer with real time clock, precise minute setting - integral timer for heating profiles of up to 40 ramps, each segment adjustable from 1 min. up to 999 hours - digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, humidity and set-up values language to be chosen in setup - digital display of set values (resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 0.5°C above 100°C) and actual values (resolution: 0.1°C) of temperature (LED) - 2 x 10 litre sumps acting as condensate collectors, on telescopic slide mounts - long-term documenting (ring store) of all relevant data, GLP-conforming as data logger - 1024 kB - programme stored on power failure - parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible ink-jet printers for GLPconforming documentation - USB interface including Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation - chip card control incl. one MEMoryCard XL with 32 kB (up to 40 ramps) - incl. works calibration certificate for -20°C and +160°C - incl. works calibration certificate for +30°C at 60% RH Heating concept: - high-performance ring heaters with optimised air circulation - door heating to avoid condensate Cooling Concept - twin compressor - speed adjustable condenser fan - chlorine-free refrigerant R404A Multiple Overtemperature Protection - with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-humidity, open door and empty water tank - independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller, TWW protection class 3.3 - additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically following the set value at a preset tolerance range - mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx.10°C above max. oven temperature

333

Type

Capacity

CTC 256 TTC 256

litres 256 256

Internal dimensions (W x D x H) mm 640 x 597 x 670 640 x 597 x 670

Housing (W x D x H)

Weight

Rating

PK

Cat. No.

mm 898 x 1100 x 1730 898 x 1100 x 1730

kg 340 340

W 7000 7000

1 1

9.868 010 9.868 011

Accessories CTC 256/ TTC 256 Memmert Type

Description

PK

BO E3 W9 Q1 Q3

Full-sight glass door Stainless steel grid External control and logging package IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius FDA-Edition"

1 1 1 1 1

9.868 9.868 9.868 9.867 9.867

015 016 017 729 730

V1 V2 V3 V4

Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card) RS485 interface (for cross linking of several devices) instead of USB Temperature profile MEMoryCard XL

1 1 1 1

9.867 9.867 9.867 9.867

725 713 726 727

E & OE.

Cat. No.

759

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubators-Ovens, Furnaces

1

1 Rapid incinerator Up to 950째C. For individual and series incineration of solids and liquids. Upper platform with 8 openings of 34 mm diameter, for porcelain crucibles up to 50 mm diameter.

Upper platform and housing made of stainless steel. With 120 minute timer with audible signal after timed period and separate continuous operation switch. A safety switch switches the mains supply off/on automatically on opening/closing the incinerator chamber. With 1.5 metre cable and earthed plug.

Gestigkeit

Type SVR/E With electronic temeprature control which allows stepless heating adjustment from 10 to 100%.

Type SVD 95.

With digital temperature adjustment and display.

Type EH 400.

Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E. Type EH 95.

Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95.

Temperature: Power: Voltage: Dimensions: Weight:

950째C max.

2500 W 230 V 450 x 310 x 180 mm 7 kg

Type Rapid incinerator SVR/E Rapid incinerator SVD 95

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.884 140 9.884 141

Accessories for Rapid incinerator Type EH 400.

Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E.

Gestigkeit

Type EH 95.

Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95.

Type Heating element EH 400 for SVR/E Heating element EH 95 for SVD 95

760

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.884 142 9.884 143

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Ovens, Furnaces 1

2

1 Laboratory high temperature ovens -

maximum operating temperatures of 400°C, 500°C and 600°C chamber capacities of 30, 60 and 120 litres good temperature uniformity fast heat up and recovery times polished stainless steel interior stainless steel shelves with multi position settings digital overtemperature protection digital PID-Controller E301

Type

LHT 4/30 LHT 4/60 LHT 4/120 HT 4/220 LHT 5/30 LHT 5/60 LHT 5/120 HT 5/220 LHT 6/30 LHT 6/60 LHT 6/120 HT 6/220

Max. temp.

Power

°C 400 400 400 400 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600

W 1000 1500 2250 3000 2000 2250 3000 4500 2000 2250 3000 6000

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 28 300 x 305 x 300 66 400 x 405 x 400 128 460 x 405 x 650 227 610 x 610 x 610 28 300 x 305 x 300 66 400 x 405 x 400 128 460 x 405 x 650 227 610 x 610 x 610 28 300 x 305 x 300 66 400 x 405 x 400 128 460 x 405 x 650 227 610 x 610 x 610

Carbolite

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 830 x 570 x 570 930 x 670 x 670 1030 x 920 x 670 965 x 1145 x 1105 830 x 570 x 570 930 x 670 x 670 1030 x 920 x 670 965 x 1145 x 1105 830 x 570 x 570 930 x 670 x 670 1030 x 920 x 670 965 x 1145 x 1150

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300

2 Chamber furnaces CWF -

maximum operating temperatures of 1100°C and 1200°C chamber capacities of 5, 13 or 23 litres powerful, free radiating, coiled wire elements on both sides of the chamber ensure good thermal uniformity hard wearing, refractory insulation inside the chamber and around the chamber entrance provides good resistance to abrasion vertical, counter-balanced door keeps hot door insulation away from operator positive break, door safety switch isolates chamber from power supply, when the door is opened double skinned construction allows convection air flow to cool the outer case wide range of applications (from ashing to hardening) digital PID-Controller E301

Type

CWF CWF CWF CWF CWF CWF

11/5 11/13 11/23 12/5 12/13 12/23

Max. temp.

Power

°C 1100 1100 1100 1200 1200 1200

W 2400 3100 7500 2400 3100 7500

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) L mm 4.70 140 x 250 x 135 13.00 200 x 325 x 200 23.00 245 x 400 x 245 4.70 140 x 250 x 135 13.00 200 x 325 x 200 23.00 245 x 400 x 245

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 375 x 485 x 585 435 x 610 x 655 505 x 675 x 705 375 x 485 x 585 435 x 610 x 655 505 x 675 x 705

E & OE.

Carbolite

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

251 252 253 254 255 256

761

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Ovens, Furnaces 1

2

1 Economy laboratory furnaces ELF -

maximum operating temperature of 1100°C chamber capacity of 6, 14 and 23 litres powerful free radiating coiled wire elements on both sides of the chamber ensure good temperature uniformity hard ceramic hearth provides robust base, which can be replaced in the event of spillage drop-down door can be used as shelf for loading/unloading positive break door safety swtich isolates chamber from power supply, when door is opened double skinned construction allows convection air flow to cool the outer case ideal for light duty applications requiring good thermal response digital PID-Controller E301

Type

ELF 11/6B ELF 11/14B ELF 11/23

Max. temp.

Power

°C 1100 1100 1100

W 2000 3000 5000

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) litres mm 6 180 x 200 x 165 14 220 x 300 x 210 23 255 x 400 x 235

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 410 x 420 x 580 450 x 520 x 630 505 x 660 x 715

Carbolite

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.764 101 9.764 102 9.764 103

2 Ashing/Burn off furnaces -

maximum operating temperatures of 1100°C and 1200°C AAF models: chamber capacity of 3, 7 and 18 litres GSM model: chamber capacity of 8 litres BWF models: chamber capacity of 13 litres constant airflow with 4 to 5 volume changes per minute ensures rapid combustion pre-heated air flow to maintain excellent temperature uniformity for AAF models 3 & 7 litre models supplied with inconel tray & handle for easy loading/unloading GSM model with fused quartz muffle with wire wound element; also ideal for minimising the presence of ceramic dust found in coventional chamber furnaces BWF with additional air inlet holes in the door and a tall chimney positive break door safety swtich isolates chamber from power supply, when door is opened double skinned construction allows convection air flow to cool the outer case vertical counter balanced door keeps hot door insulation away from operator digital PID-Controller E301

Type

AAF 11/3* AAF 11/7* AAF 11/18* GSM 11/8 BWF 11/13 BWF 12/13

Max. temp.

Power

°C 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100

W 2000 3900 7000 3000 3100 3100

Capacity Internal dimensions (W x D x H) L mm 3.10 150 x 250 x 85 6.90 170 x 455 x 90 18.40 196 x 400 x 235 7.20 175 x 345 x 120 13.00 200 x 325 x 200 13.00 200 x 325 x 200

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 370 x 485 x 580 430 x 740 x 650 505 x 675 x 705 505 x 725 x 705 435 x 610 x 655 435 x 610 x 655

*with max. temperature 1200°C on request

762

E & OE.

Carbolite

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

259 260 261 262 263 264

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Ovens, Furnaces 1 2 Muffle furnaces series LE -

1

Tmax 1100°C, 1050°C working temperature Nabertherm heating from both sides with heating elements in quartz tubes multi-layer fibreboard insulation within the furnace housing manufactured from high-grade textured stainless steel folding door which can be used as a clipboard exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall silent, solid-state power control relay R 6 controller supplied with models LE 2 and LE 4 with adjustable target temperature. Models LE 6 and LE 14 available with controller B 150 (one ramp, one holding time, delayed start time) or optionally with controller C 250 (9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times).

2

Type

LE LE LE LE LE LE

2/11/R6 4/11/R6 6/11/B150 6/11/C290 14/11/B150 14/11/C290

Capacity

litres 2 4 6 6 14 14

Power Internal dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 1800 110 x 180 x 110 1800 170 x 200 x 170 1800 170 x 200 x 170 1800 170 x 200 x 170 2900 220 x 300 x 220 2900 220 x 300 x 220

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 275 x 380 x 350 335 x 400 x 410 510 x 400 x 320 510 x 400 x 320 555 x 500 x 375 555 x 500 x 375

Weight

PK

kg 10.00 15.00 18.00 18.00 24.00 24.00

1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Muffle furnaces series L3 - L40, Nabertherm® -

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

537 538 539 540 541 542

3

Tmax 1100°C or 1200°C Nabertherm ceramic heating plates with built-in heating wire, easy to replace hardened vacuum-fibre, high-resistance muffle housing manufactured from high grade stuctured stainless steel double-walled housing for low surface temperature and high stability Available with folding door (L) which can be used as a clipboard or without additional charge with a lift gate (LT), where the hot side will be averted from the user adjustable air inlet in the door exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall silent electronic relay Controller P330 with 9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times, PC interface.. Optional controller B180 serially with adjustable ramp holding temperature and holding time

Type

L3/11/P330 L5/11/P330 L9/11/P330 L15/11/P330 L24/11/P330 L40/11/P330

Capacity

litres 3 5 9 15 24 40

Power Internal dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 1200 160 x 140 x 100 2400 200 x 170 x 130 3000 230 x 240 x 170 3600 230 x 340 x 170 4500 280 x 340 x 250 6000 320 x 490 x 250

External dimensions (W x D x H) mm 380 x 370 x 420 440 x 470 x 520 480 x 550 x 570 480 x 660 x 570 560 x 660 x 650 600 x 790 x 650

Weight

PK

kg 20.00 35.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 95.00

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

503 505 509 507 504 506

Other models available on request.

E & OE.

763

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Ovens, Furnaces 1 Tube furnaces

1

-

maximum operating temperature 1200째C Carbolite tube diameters up to 110 mm heated lengths of 200, 300, 400, 600 and 900 mm resistance wire heating elements are semiembedded in rigidised low thermal mass insulation the split design offers the flexibility to lower or wrap the furnace around a fixed item removable half tube adapters allow rapid changes for different size worktubes or workpieces up to 110 mm outer diameter - HST built on the horizontal base with a separate control box - VST built on the vertical stand with a separate control box - digital PID-Controller E301

Type

HST 12/-/200 HST 12/-/300 HST 12/-/400 HST 12/-/600 HST 12/-/900 VST 12/-/200 VST 12/-/300 VST 12/-/400 VST 12/-/600 VST 12/-/900 HZS 12/-/600 HZS 12/-/900 TVS 12/-/600 TVS 12/-/900

Max. Zones temp. 째C 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3

Heated zone

Tube length

mm 200 300 400 600 900 200 300 400 600 900 600 900 600 900

mm 350 450 550 750 1050 350 450 550 750 1050 750 1050 750 1050

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249

2 Infra-red furnace This infra-red furnace (IR furnace) is heated by an IR radiator (double radiator), which Behr is precisely positioned in the focal distance of a polished metal cylinder with elliptical cross section.

The IR radiation is reflected on the cylinder surface and focused on a second focal line. A silica tube runs along the second focal line and can be cross-flowed by an oxygen stream. The furnace heats up quickly (from room temperature to 1000째C in 10 sec) and is programmable, i.e. the temperature cycle can be programmed via a controller.

Temperature measurements are taken by a thermocouple which is fixed in the cylinder interior. The cylinder consists of two half-shells which each surround the heating focal line. The combustion chamber is therefore visible.

Furthermore its construction allows the upper cylinder shell to be displaced on rollers. This gives very rapid cooling of the furnace and allows access to the interior of the furnace area.

A heatpipe cooling system accelerates the cooling process and makes it unnecessary to use expensive water cooling.

Specifications Maximum furnace temperature along focal line: 1150째C Tube diameter, external.: 18 to 28mm IR furnace length (heated length): 200mm Maximum radiation strength: 1.5kW Dimensions (W x H x D in mm): 360 x 440 x 420 Supply: 230V 50Hz

2

Type

For

Infrared furnace*

silica tube 18 to 20 mm

*without silica tube Infrared furnace for silica tube 22 to 24mm or 26 to 28mm are available on request.

200

764

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.882 105

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Ovens, Furnaces 1 Tube furnaces MTF/CTF/TZF -

1

maximum operating temperatures of 900°C, 1000°C and 1200°C 11 different standard models (MTF and CTF) for choice MTF models: tube diameters range from 15 to 38 mm and heated lengths from 130 to 900 mm CTF models: tube diameters of 65, 75 and 100 mm, heated lengths of 550, 700 and 900mm TZF models: tube diameters range from 38 to 100mm and heated lengths from 400 to 900mm integrated ceramic worktube can be adapted to allow a non-oxidising atmosphere by fitting an additional work tube and end seals thermocouple in separate sheath between worktube and heating element mesh guard for low temperatures at the outer case these furnaces can optionally be mounted vertically with a separate control box controls located in control box (below furnace body) digital PID-Controller E301

Type

MTF 10/15/130 MTF 10/25/130 MTF 12/25/250 MTF 12/25/400 MTF 12/38/250 MTF 12/38/400 CTF 12/65/550 CTF 12/75/700 TZF 12/38/400 TZF 12/65/550 TZF 12/75/700

Max. temp.

Heated zone

Tube length

Tube dia.

°C 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

mm 130 130 250 400 250 400 550 700 400 550 700

mm 150 150 300 450 300 450 600 750 450 600 750

mm 15.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 38.0 38.0 65.0 75.0 38.0 65.0 75.0

Carbolite

Power External dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 400 150 x 175 x 265 400 150 x 175 x 265 700 370 x 375 x 375 1000 450 x 375 x 375 1000 370 x 375 x 430 1500 450 x 375 x 430 2000 625 x 360 x 525 3000 775 x 360 x 525 1200 430 x 450 x 375 1800 525 x 775 x 360 3000 775 x 360 x 525

2 3 Tube furnaces, R 50/250/12 to R 100/1000/13

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 429 430 428

2

Supplied with tube (Sillmantin 60) and two end stoppers, ensuring that most standard Nabertherm procedures can be conducted: - srainless steel housing - diameter of tubes from 30 up to 100 mm - heating zones from 250 up to 1000 mm - smooth electronic relay switching - digital PID-controller B 180 as standard - Additional P330 programmer with 9 programmes and 8 segments - optional three zone controller C40 as master-control and 2 x zone controller C6z (from 750 mm heating length onwards in types 1300°C - available for max. temp 1200 or 1300°C

3

Type

R R R R R R R R R

50/250/12/B180 50/500/12/B180 50/500/12/B180 100/750/12/B180 100/750/12/B180 120/1000/12/B180 100/750/13/B180* 100/750/13/B180* 120/1000/13/B180*

Max. temp. °C 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1300 1300 1300

Tube dia. mm 30.0 30.0 40.0 60.0 80.0 100.0 60.0 80.0 100.0

Power Dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 1200 400 x 240 x 490 1800 650 x 240 x 490 1800 650 x 240 x 490 3600 1000 x 360 x 640 3600 1000 x 360 x 640 6000 1300 x 420 x 730 4400 1000 x 360 x 640 4400 1000 x 360 x 640 6500 1300 x 420 x 730

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764 9.764

510 512 513 514 515 516 521 522 523

Furnaces are available in other sizes and max. temperatures- details on request. *These models are also available in 3 zone versions.

E & OE.

765

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates 1 2 3 Hotplates C-MAG HP 4/C-MAG HP 7/C-MAG HP 10 Ikatherm®

1

Made of glass ceramic which offers excellent chemical resistance.

- fixed safety circuit of 550°C - Hot Top indicator >> hot surface warning to prevent burns!

- exact temperature setting via digital display (LED) - digital error code display - raised control panel for protection against spilt liquids

IKA

C-MAG HP 7, C-MAG HP 10 additionally: adapter according to DIN 12878 for connecting a contact thermometer, e.g. ETS-D5, enables precise temperature control

2

Specifications Heating function Temperature display: Heat output C-MAG HP 4: C-MAG HP 7: C-MAG HP 10: Heating rate (1 litre H2O) C-MAG HP 4: C-MAG HP 7/HP 10: Temperature range: Setting accuracy: Safety circuit fixed: Control accuracy with sensor C-MAG HP 4: C-MAG HP 7/HP 10:

3

digital 250W 1000W 1500W 2.5K/min 5K/min 50 to 500°C ±10K 550°C ETS-D5/±0.5 K ETS-D6/±0.2 K

Heating plate Material: Dimensions C-MAG HP 4: C-MAG HP 7: C-MAG HP 10: Type

C-MAG HP 4 C-MAG HP 7 C-MAG HP 10

glass ceramic 100 x 100mm 180 x 180mm 260 x 260mm Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 150 x 260 x 105 220 x 330 x 105 300 x 415 x 105

Weight

PK

Cat. No.

kg 3 5 6

1 1 1

9.720 496 9.720 497 9.720 498

Optional accessories: Bath attachments HP 7 and HP 10 additionally: Electronical thermometer ETS-D5

4 Laboratory hotplate/stirrer SLR

4

For stirring, heating and controlling. As well as the ability for rapid and SI Analytics GmbH temperature-controlled heating, many applications also require liquids to be stirred. You can use the SLR hotplate/stirrer to provide gentle or vigorous liquid stirring and, if required, gradual heating or cooling. All functions are displayed on the clear LCD panel and can be monitored. The stirrer and heating are individually controlled via manual control knobs. The stirrer can be set from 100 to 1100rpm x 10rpm. increments.

The average rpm is shown as a bar graph. True running is achieved even at the lower end of the rpm range. Heating can also be adjusted over 24 steps attaining an average of 0.9kW at the top of the range. It is possible to regulate temperatures between 25°C and 200°C with variations of between ±2 and ±5°C using the Pt1000 temperature sensor, depending on the liquid volume, heat capacity and ambient temperature conditions. The display panel informs the user at 5 second intervals of the pre-set desired temperature and the actual temperature. The average thermal energy generated is also shown as a bar graph.

Type

Zones

SLR

1

766

Heated Surface zone mm mm 155 dia. 235 x 235

Rating Stirrer

W 900 integral

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 240 x 370 x 85

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.720 130

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates 1 Laboratory hotplates, SLK series

1

The heating surface of both models is made of 'Ceran' glass ceramic panels which are SI Analytics GmbH well-known for their tried and tested reliability. These plates are ideal for use as laboratory hotplates. They offer excellent chemical resistance with high-grade surface quality and are therefore easy to clean. Due to their excellent thermal properties cold water can be poured over glass ceramic plates when hot without causing any damage.

SLK 1 and SLK 2.

For rapid and safe heating of liquids using a radiant heating element. Heat can be adjusted over 9 stages using an infrared touch panel and at level 9 reaches an output of 1.2 or 1.8kW respectively. An overtemperature cut-out prevents overheating.

Type

SLK 1 SLK 2

Heated zone mm 280 x 280 280 x 280

Rating Dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 1200 295 x 395 x 110 1800 295 x 395 x 110

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 610 9.645 611

2 Hotplate, SB 160

2

Energy regulator control with arbitrarily scaled dial heat control. cast aluminium/silicon hotplate. Maximum temperature 325°C. Warning light comes on if plate temperature exceeds 50°C. A support rod can be mounted within the top of the outer casing. For 230V a.c. supplies.

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Overall dimensions (WxDxH): Plate dimensions (W x D): Type

SB 160

Max. temp. °C 325

Stuart

190 x 300 x 112 mm 160 x 160 mm

Power

PK

Cat. No.

W 700

1

9.645 300

3 Hotplates, analogue, Stuart CB300 and CB500

3

Maximum temperature as indicated. Energy regulator control with glass ceramic top plate and 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 50°C. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Type

CB300 CB500

Max. temp. °C 450 375

300 x 500 x

Hotplate

Weight

mm 300 300

kg 6.00 12.00

Stuart

Rating Internal dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 1200 300 x 365 x 105 2250 520 x 360 x 130

4 5 Hotplates, analogue, Stuart SB 300 and SB 500

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 338 9.645 316

4

Maximum temperature 300°C. Energy regulator control with cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate and 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 50°C. The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing.

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Model Top plate mm: Overall WxDxH mm: Weight kg: Power W: Model Top plate mm: Overall WxDxH mm: Weight kg: Power W: As described. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.

Stuart

SB 300 300 x 300 300 x 365 x 105 6 600 SB 500 500 x 300 520 x 360 x 130 12 1500

Type SB300 SB500 E & OE.

5

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 331 9.645 317

767

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates 1 Hotplate, digital reading, SD160

1

Maximum temperature 325°C. Energy regulator control with highly visible fluorescent Stuart display of set and actual plate temperature with 1°C resolution, aluminium/silicon alloy plate 160 x 160 mm 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 50°C and retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. Overall 190 x 300 x 110 mm WxDxH, weight 2.5 kg. For 230V 50 Hz single phase supplies, 700 W. With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Type Hotplate SD160

2

3

4

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.645 332

5

2 3 4 5 Hotplate CC 162 and SC 162 - Choice of robust aluminium or chemically resistant, ceramic top plate - Flashing "Hot" warning light to warn when top plate is too hot to touch

Stuart

Model CC162 has a glass ceramic top that has excellent chemical and temperature resistance. The surface is easy to keep clean and the thermal properties allow very high plate temperatures.

Model SC162 has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for good heat transmission. A 700 W element gives rapid heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole of the plate.

With BioCote silver based antimicrobial protection.

Specifications Plate dimensions: Heated area: CC162 SC162 Heater Power: CC162 SC162 Stirrer speed range: Overall dimensions (WxDxH): Supply requirements: Maximum stirring capacity: Max. plate temperature: CC162 SC162 Type

Description

CC 162 SC 162 SCT 1

Ceramic top stirrer hotplate Metal top stirrer hotplate Temperature controller

160 x 160 mm 120 x 120 mm 160 x 160 mm 500 W 700 W 100 to 1500 rpm 190 x 300 x 110 mm 230 V 50 Hz a.c.

15 litres 450°C 325°C PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.645 340 9.645 341 9.645 342

Accessories for hotplate CC 162 and SC 162 Stuart Type

Description

PK

Cat. No.

SCT 1/2 SCT 1/1/MP SCT 1/1

PTFE probe Metal probe Probe holder

1 1 1

9.645 344 9.645 345 9.645 343

768

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates 1 2 3 Hotplate, Hotplate/Stirrer, infra-red, CR300 and CR302

1

- Very efficient heating saving time and energy - Chemically resistant ceramic top - "Hot" warning light for user safety

Stuart

Using an ultra-efficient, infra-red heater of just 900 W power this hotplate will boil 1 litre of water over 30 % faster than a conventional ceramic hotplate of 1200 W. Ideal for heating large volumes of liquid.

Additional functions of CR302: - stirrer speed range 100 to 1500 - Ideal for heating and stirring large volumes of liquid, particularly microbiological media - with fitting for retort rod and supplied with 2 x 25 mm stirrer bar followers With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Specification: Plate dimensions Heated area, mm Heater Power Overall dimensions (WxDxH) Weight Supply requirements

2 300 x 300 mm 140 diameter 900 W 300 x 365 x 105 4 kg 230 V 50/60 Hz, 900 W

Type CR300 CR302

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 336 9.645 337

3

4 5 Hotplates digital, SD 300 and SD 500 Maximum temperature 300°C. Digital setting and control of plate temperature with 1°C resolution and cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate. The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing.

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Model Top plate mm: Overall (WxDxH): Weight kg: Power W: Model Top plate mm: Overall (WxDxH): Weight kg: Power W: For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies.

Type

Description

SD300 SD500

Hotplate, digital, 300 x 300 mm Hotplate, digital, 300 x 500 mm

Stuart

SD300 300 x 300 300 x 365 x 105 6 600 SD500 500 x 300 520 x 360 x 130 12 1500

5

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 320 9.645 321

6 High-performance hotplates

6

50 to 500°C, with thermostatic temperature control. Ceran® glass ceramic material is highly resistant to breakage and changes in temperature, free from distortion, permeable to ultra-violet light and highly acid-resistant. Bench-top instrument with built-in controller.

SR model - with separate controller for wall mounting can be supplied on request.

Type

11 22 33 44

A A A A

280 280 430 430

x x x x

Hotplate mm 280 430 430 580

4

Power Supply requirements W 2000 230 3000 230 4400 400 (3ph.)

5700 400 (3ph.)

Gestigkeit

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.645 9.645 9.645 9.645

711 712 714 715

7 High-performance hotplate

7

Max. 500°C. High-performance Ceran® glass ceramic hotplate with circular heating area 145 mm diameter, stainless steel housing, power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) and integral temperature monitor.

External dimensions (WxDxH): 200 x 310 x 95 mm Power: 1200 W Supply requirement: 230 V Weight: 2.6 kg Type CT 10 E & OE.

Gestigkeit

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.645 740

769

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates 1 Precision hotplate, PZ 44

1

Automatic, precise regulation of temperatures between 20 and 450°C. Digital presetting Gestigkeit and temperature display. Three power levels (825, 1650 and 3300 W) can be set and an additional electronic power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) is provided.

At 825 and 3300 W settings the entire plate surface is heated.

At 1650 W setting only the right hand side of the plate is heated. As a result of heat conduction, the temperature from the right hand side to the left edge of the plate varies by approx. 40%.

With solid, flat, low-distortion, cast GG15 alloy.

Plate size: 290 x 440 mm Temperature setting: +20 to +450°C Switching differential: ±1°C Power rating: 3300 W Dimensions: (WxDxH): 320 x 470 x 190 mm Weight: 23 kg Supply requirement: 230 V (400 V, 3-ph. versions are also available on request) Type

PK

Cat. No.

PZ 44

1

9.645 744

Precision hotplate, PZ 44, accessories As described.

Gestigkeit

Type Cable with plug for temperature safety device, timer switch, contact thermometer Temperature safety device for 82, 128, 156, 170, 182, 212, 228, 254 °C please state when ordering

PK

Cat. No.

1 5

9.645 747 9.645 748

2 Hotplates

2

Range: 50 to 300°C, for continuous operation. Electric hotplates with thermostatic Gestigkeit temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. Excellent uniform temperature distribution over entire heating surface. Asbestos free. Stainless steel housing, with painted central section. Height-adjustable feet. Mains cable approximately 1.7 m. Height approximately 170 mm. With earthed plug for 230V supplies up to 3300W. A 400V 3-phase model is also available.

Type

HT HT HT HT HT

02 12 22 32-230 32-400

3

Power W 1800 2200 2850 4000 4000

300 350 350 430 430

x x x x x

Hotplate mm 300 350 500 580 580

Width mm 312 358 514 592 592

Length Supply requirements mm 312 230 358 230 364 230 442 230 442 400 (3ph.)

PK

1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.645 9.645 9.645 9.645 9.645

781 782 785 786 787

3 Precision hotplates, PZ-series For continuous operation. Provide extremely accurate, uniform temperatures, even in Gestigkeit plate corners and on edges. Polished anodised aluminium heating surface.

Microprocessor-controlled temperature controller with temperature setting up to 99.9 in 0.1°C steps, over 99.9 in 1°C steps. Actual temperature displayed continuously. With separate power controller for performance adjustment to the heating requirements from 10 to 100%. Adjustable temperature monitor from 50 to 300°C (with PZ 28-1, 30 to 110°C) to prevent excess temperatures.

Type

PZ PZ PZ PZ

770

28-1 28-2 35 60

200 200 350 610

x x x x

Hotplate mm 280 280 350 160

Temp. range °C 20 to 110 20 to 300 20 to 300 20 to 300

Power Dimensions (W x D x H) W mm 500 210 x 300 x 135 1100 210 x 300 x 135 2200 365 x 365 x 155 2000 620 x 200 x 155

E & OE.

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.645 9.645 9.645 9.645

827 828 824 829

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates Precision hotplates, PZ-series, accessories As described.

Gestigkeit

Type SK 83 to Cable for contact thermometer ST 12 to Support rod 12 mm D. (PZ 60 only) HK 3 to Holder for contact thermometer

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.645 831 9.645 832 9.645 833

1 Sand baths

1

Range: 50 to 300째C, for continuous operation. Electrical sand baths with thermostatic Gestigkeit temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. Excellent uniform temperature distribution over the entire heating surface. Asbestos free. The sand bath frame is tightly screwed onto the hotplate so that the sand is in direct contact with the hotplate. Useful depth 50 mm. Stainless steel controller housing, with painted central section.

Height-adjustable feet. Connection cable approximately 1.7 m. With earthed plug for 230V supplies up to 3300W. A 400V 3-phase model is also available. Overall height approximately 220 mm.

Type

ST ST ST ST

Power W 2200 2850 4000 4000

72 82 92-2 92-3

360 360 440 440

x x x x

Hotplate mm 360 510 590 590

Width mm 360 514 592 592

Length Supply requirements mm 360 230 364 230 442 230 442 3 x 400

PK

1 1 1 1

2 Hotplate, EV 1

Type EV 1 individual heater

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.645 520

3

Reliable, individual heaters for flasks. With bowl-shaped tubular heating element and built-in stainless steel reflector collar around the aperture. With variable power controller, dipole cut-out via mains switch and indicator lamp. Maximum temperature 650째C. Dimensions (WxDxH):

Gerhardt

150 x 225 x 130 mm

For flasks ml 50 to 250 250 to 1000

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 525 9.645 527

4 Hotplates, series heating, EV

4

Convenient, 4- or 6-place series heating benches with 85mm diameter hotplates. Each of the hotplates can be individually controlled. With dipole mains switch and indicator lamp. Supplied with mains cable. Multi-functional due to the wide range of accessories available.

Maximum temperature 425째C. Type

Zones

EV 14 EV 16

4 6

814 815 816 820

Gerhardt

3 Flask heaters, KI-series

KI 1 KI 2

9.645 9.645 9.645 9.645

2

Compact laboratory heater with 85mm diameter hotplate. With variable energy regulator control and dipole cut-out mains switch with indicator lamp. Maximum temperature 425째C. Dimensions: (WxDxH): 150 x 225 x 110 mm

Type

Cat. No.

Gerhardt

Heating capacity

Width

Depth

Height

PK

Cat. No.

W 1800 2700

mm 600 900

mm 225 225

mm 110 110

1 1

9.645 530 9.645 532

E & OE.

771

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Hotplates-Block thermostats 1

1 Flask heaters, series heating, KI series Versatile, 4- or 6-bank heaters with bowl-shaped tubular heating elements and built-in Gerhardt stainless steel reflector collars around the apertures for flasks up to 1000 ml. Each heater position can be individually controlled. With mains switch and pilot light. Particularly suitable for Kjeldahl analyses. Supplied with mains connection cable. Capacity can be increased using accessories. Not suitable for use with distillation solvents.

2

Type

Zones

Max. temp.

KI 16 KI 24 KI 26

6 x 250 ml 4 x 250 - 1000 ml 6 x 250 - 1000 ml

°C 600 750 750

Power Dimensions (W x D x H) W 1800 2320 3480

mm 600 x 225 x 130 600 x 225 x 130 900 x 225 x 130

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.645 540 9.645 544 9.645 546

2 AccuBlockTM Digital Dry Baths The user calibration function allows for easy calibration to in-house standards when Labnet required.

The dry bath is available as a single or dual block model. Interchangeable blocks are available to accommodate a wide variety of tubes, plates and slides.

Each dry bath is supplied with a block lifter that enables the user to exchange blocks easily, even when the block is hot.

- precise microprocessor control - broad temperature range, to 150°C - large digital display - easy user calibration - single and dual block models Specifications Temperature range: Ambient + 5 to 150°C Temperature resolution: 0.1°C Temperature uniformity: ±0.2°C ±0.3°C Temperature accuracy Temperature control Microprocessor Block chamber construction Stainless steel Dimensions (WxDxH) 20 x 26.5 x 8.3cm Weight 2.2kg Supply requirements: 230V 50/60Hz, or 120V 50/60Hz Type AccuBlock Digital Dry Bath, single block AccuBlock Digital Dry Bath, dual block

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

6.224 190 6.225 737

PK

Cat. No.

AccuBlockTM Digital Dry Baths, Accessories Labnet Type Block, Block, Block, Block,

24 20 24 48

x x x x

1.5ml 2.0ml 0.5ml 0.2ml

tubes tubes tubes PCR tubes or 6 x 0.2ml strips

Block 12 x 15ml centrifuge tubes Block 5 x 50ml centrifuge tubes

3

1 1 1 1

6.224 6.233 6.235 9.945

1 1

9.945 764 9.945 765

3 Incubators PCH-1 and PCH-2 Personal benchtop cooling/heating dry block for microcentrifuge tubes. The ingenious block construction, combined with the powerful Peltier module, produces very rapid cooling and heating.

Temperature range: -10 to +100°C Heat up, amb. to 100°C: < 10 min Cool down, 100°C to amb.: < 12 min Cool down, amb. to -10°C: < 11 min

772

191 664 417 763

Type

Type

PCH-1 PCH-2

12 x 1.5 ml plus 20 x 0.5 ml tubes 20 x 1.5 ml tubes

E & OE.

Grant

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.721 009 9.721 010

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1 2 3 Block thermostats 100°C, QBA, QBD and QBH series

1

For controlled dry heating of test tubes, microplates and Eppendorf tubes in Grant interchangeable aluminium blocks. The following models are available: QBA - analogue dial temperature setting QBD/QBH2 - fast heat-up time, variety of block options and in-block temperature sensing capability using accessory external sensor probe - built-in timer, programmable delayed start and RS232 output for data monitoring - requires but does not include interchangeable QB-series blocks

Specifications Temperature range: Stability at 37°C: Uniformity at 37°C: Supply requirements: Temperature range: Stability at 37°C: Uniformity at 37°C: Supply requirements:

Type

Blocks accepted

QBA1 QBA2 QBD1 QBD2 QBD4 QBH2

1 2 1 2 4 2

2

Models QBA1/QBA2 Ambient + 5 to 100°C ±0.1°C ±0.1°C 230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply Models QBD1/QBD2/QBD4/QBH2 Ambient 5 to 100°C, QBH2: 5 to 200°C ±0.1°C ±0.1°C 230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply

Power

Length

Width

Height

PK

W

mm 200 200 200 200 200 200

mm 230 280 230 280 380 280

mm 100 100 100 100 100 100

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.852 9.852 9.852 9.852 9.852 9.852

305 306 307 308 309 310

4 Digital block thermostats, series QBA, QBD, QBH, accessory blocks, QB

4

Accessory blocks for QBT series only. Interchangeable. Machined aluminium, 140 x 50 x 63 mm (L x W x H). Holes drilled as indicated.

Type

QB-10 QB-12 QB-16 QB-18 QB-24 QB-H QB-E0 QB-E1 QB-E2 QB-0

For tubes dia. mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 18 mm 24 mm 56 x 0.2 ml 24 x 0.5 ml 24 x 1.5 ml 24 x 2.0 ml Solid block for user to drill

Grant

No.of holes

PK

24 24 12 12 5 56 24 24 24 0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers

Description

QDLS QDLL QDLS

Cover for QBA1 and QBD1 Cover for QBD4 Cover for QBA2, QBD2 and QBH2

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951 9.951

661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670

5

Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers. Transparent polycarbonate. Protect the operator against accidentally touching blocks whilst hot.

Type

3

Grant

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.852 311 9.852 312 9.852 314

773

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1

2

3

4 Block Heaters, analogue and digital, Stuart

- choice of either analogue or digital models Stuart - digital models available with either 130°C or 200°C maximum temperature - three block model for extra capacity - dual control models have two blocks with independent temperature control - uniform and stable block temperatures Designed for the precise heating of test-tubes, microcentrifuge tubes, cuvettes and microplates.

Range compromises an economical analogue model with easy to use, dial setting and advanced digital models with bright, easy to read, LED display which facilitates setting of the required temperature and also accurate monitoring of the actual temperature.

Excellent temperature stability and uniformity is maintained via sensitive, microprocessor control.

Heats to 100°C in less than 12 minutes.

Supplied complete with block extraction tool but without aluminium blocks which must be ordered separately.

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection.

Specifications Temperature stability at 37°C: Uniformity within block at 37°C: Uniformity within block at 130°C: Electrical supply: Number of blocks: Temp. range (Ambient): Display type: Display resolution: Dimensions (WxDxH) mm: Net weight: Heater power: Number of blocks: Temp. range (Ambient): Display type: Display resolution: Dimensions (WxDxH) mm: Net weight: Heater power: Number of blocks: Temp. range (Ambient): Display type: Display resolution: Dimensions (WxDxH) mm: Net weight: Heater power: Type

Description

SBH130 SBH130D SBH200D SBH130/3 SBH200D/3 SBH130DC SBH200DC

Block Block Block Block Block Block Block

774

heater, heater, heater, heater, heater, heater, heater,

±0.1°C ±0.1°C ±1°C 230V 50Hz SBH130 // SBH130D // SBH200D 2 +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +200°C Calibrated knob // LED // LED 10°C // 1°C // 1°C 235 x 280 x 115mm 2.1kg // 2.3kg // 2.3kg 300W SBH130D/3 // SBH200D/3 3 +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +200°C LED 1°C 310 x 280 x 115mm 3.2kg 450W SBH130DC // SBH200DC 2 (independent control) +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +200°C LED 1°C 310 x 280 x 115mm 2.9kg 300W PK

2 2 2 3 3 2 2

block, block, block, block, block, block, block,

analogue, 130°C digital, 130°C digital, 200°C digital, 130°C digital, 200°C digital, dual control, 130°C digital, dual control, 200°C

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No. 9.852 9.852 9.852 7.624 9.852 6.207 9.852

300 301 302 685 303 050 315

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1

2

3

4

4 Block heaters, Stuart SHT series, accessory aluminium blocks Supplied singly.

Stuart

Description Aluminium block for 20 x 10.5mm Ø test tubes Aluminium block for 20 x 12.5 mm Ø test tubes Aluminium block for 12 x 16.5 mm Ø test tubes Aluminium block for 8 x 19.5 mm Ø test tubes Aluminium block, solid, for user to drill as required Aluminium block for 48 x 0.2 ml centrifuge tubes Aluminium block for 20 x 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes Aluminium block for 20 x 2.0 ml Eppendorf tubes Aluminium block for 15 x 10 mm cuvettes. Separations can be removed to take larger cells

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.951 617

1

9.951 618

1

9.951 619

1

9.951 620

1

9.951 621

1

9.951 622

1

9.951 623

1

9.951 624

1

9.951 625

775

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1

2

1 Block heater ThermoStat plus ThermoStat plus product features: - Precise temperature control of all commonly used laboratory tubes - Temperature control range -5°C to 99°C - Temperature/running time can be programmed individually, up to 4 temperature levels and 4 time phases in succession - User-friendly operation with no double-function keys - Remote control by PC and documentation output in accordance with GLP requirements are possible via an RS 232 interface

eppendorf

Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks - Excellent heat insulation, safe to touch (no direct contact with hot surfaces) - Interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath) - Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block - Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm - CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes; can be attached easily, without locking Description ThermStat plus, basic unit without interchangeable thermoblock

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.776 695

Additional interchangeable thermoblocks are available - details on request

2 Accessories for ThermoStat plus Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks - Excellent heat insulation, safe to touch (no direct contact with hot surfaces) - Interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath) - Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block - Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm - CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes; can be attached easily, without locking

Description

eppendorf

PK

Cat. No.

Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5ml microtubes, with work rackand cooling pack to 0°C Interchangeable block for 24 x 1.5ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C Interchangeable block for 24 x 2ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR vessels for use with interchangeable block for microtitration plates

1 1 1 1 1

9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776

Interchangeable block CombiBox for various tubes, footprint 13.5 x 9.0 x 6.0 cm (W x D x H)

1

9.776 698

Interchangeable Interchangeable Interchangeable Interchangeable Interchangeable

1 1 1 1 1

9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776

776

block block block block block

for for for for for

vessels with 11 to 11.9 mm dia., height 30 to 76 mm 8 x 15ml Falcon tubes 4 x 50ml Falcon tubes 1.5 - 2 ml Cryotubes 4 x microscope slides

E & OE.

673 674 675 696 697

699 687 688 689 691

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1 Stirring Dry bath 15-100 and 15-250

1

For viscosity control, R&D, combinatorial chemistry, biological applications, elution of plastics. For quality control of nutrients, chemistry and wastewater technologies.

2mag

Mixing: maintenance-free, 2mag induction motor, 4-point power setting for efficiency with high viscosity media and reduced power for permanent running without heating samples. Digital display for speed range, power and temperature. Soft-start for precise control of stirring bar.

Heating: PTFE-coated, solid aluminium heating block for high chemical resistance, with safety overheat cut-out.

Stainless steel housing. includes separate control system for stirring and heating.

3 years warranty. Made in Germany.

Stirring positions: Stirring power: Max. temperature: Speed range: Type

15 to 100 15 to 250

Stirring centre distances mm 65 84

15 10/20/30/40 W (4-steps) +200°C 100 to 2000rpm Block hole Stirring Dia. x depth capacity

mm ml 57,5 / 48 1 to 150 71.5/78 1 to 400

Dimensions (W x D x H)

Weight

mm 295 x 445 x 110 345 x 525 x 140

kg approx. 23 approx: 31

2 Shaking Incubators VorTemp 56/ 1550

VorTemp 1550 Dimensions (WxDxH) VorTemp 56 VorTemp 1550 Weight VorTemp 56 VorTemp 1550 Electrical

Cat. No.

1 1

9.645 952 9.645 953

2

VorTemp 56 is supplied with interchangeable platforms for microtubes (56 x 1.5ml tubes, or small tubes with adapters) or microplates (accepts standard and deepwell plates, up to 2.0ml). VorTemp 1550 includes platforms for 8 x 50ml and 18 x 15ml tubes.

The shaker in the VorTemp 56 may be turned off, allowing the unit to be used as a static incubator.

- shake and incubate samples simultaneously - interchangeable platforms - broad temperature and speed range - intelligent control with digital LED display

Specifications Temperature range Temperature accuracy Speed range Vortemp 56 VorTemp 1550 Motion/orbit Timer Capacity: Vortemp 56

PK

Labnet

Ambient + 5°C to 99°C ±0.5°C 200 to 1200rpm 200 to 900rpm Circular/3mm 1 to 999 minutes or continuous 56 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes, 4 standard or 2 deep well microplates 18 x 15ml, 8 x 50ml tubes

23 x 31 x 23cm 26 x 31 x 31cm 11kg 12kg 230V 50Hz or 120V 60Hz

Description VorTemp 56 VorTemp 1550 Additional platform for microtubes

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.945 760 9.945 761 9.945 762

777

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1 Thermomixer, Compact

1

- With thermoblock heater for 24 x 1.5ml microtubes. Supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C - very small footprint - excellent heat insulation, safe to touch - tubes are securely held - very quiet during use - short-mix operation Description Thermomixer compact

eppendorf

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.776 671

2 Thermomixer, Comfort

2

Thermomixer product features: eppendorf - Active counter-cooling expands the range of application - Improved mixing and incubation capacity - Basic device is supplied without interchangeable thermoblocks; flexibility is provided by user selection of up to five different accessory interchangeable blocks for 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0ml tubes or microtitration plates in all well formats - Short-mix function - Easy to operate - Programmable: two different programmes with mixing and rest phases

Description Comfort thermomixer, basic unit without interchangeable thermoblock

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.776 672

4

3

3 4 Accessories for Thermomixer Comfort Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks - excellent heat insulation, safe to touch (no direct contact with hot surfaces) - interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5ml, 1.5ml or 2.0ml microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath) - interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block - block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm

Description

eppendorf

PK

Cat. No.

Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C Interchangeable block for 24 x 1.5ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C Interchangeable block for 24 x 2ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2ml PCR tubes for use with interchangeable block for microtitration plates

1 1 1 1 1

9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776

673 674 675 696 697

Interchangeable Interchangeable Interchangeable Interchangeable Interchangeable

1 1 1 1 1

9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776 9.776

699 688 687 689 691

778

block block block block block

for for for for for

11 to 11.9 mm dia. tubes, height 30 to 76 mm 4 x 50ml Falcon-type tubes 8 x 15ml Falcon-type tubes 24 Cryotubes 4 Slides

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1

3

2 1 Microtube thermoshaker PHMT Combining the mixing operation with the incubation phase produces multiple benefits: reaction process times are reduced; the operator's workload is reduced; the efficiency of many procedures, e.g. the transformation of bacterial cells, is increased.

- variable speed: 250 to 1400rpm - 2mm shaking orbit for effective mixing - temperature range: 5 to 100°C - timed shaking operation: 1 min to 96 hours - low voltage supply for safe, cold room use - operating ambient 4°C to 45°C - incl. interchangeable block PSC20 for 20 x 1.5ml microtubes Type Microtube-thermoshaker for micro tubes

Grant

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.721 034

2 Accessory blocks for Microtube thermoshaker PHMT Grant Type Block PSC-20 for 20 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes Block PSC-18 for 20 x 0.5 + 12 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

9.721 035 9.721 036

3 Microplate thermoshaker PHMP For 96- and 384-well plates.

Optimum heating environment combined with powerful orbital shaking to produce the maximum yield. Heated lid, for excellent stability and uniformity and to prevent condensation.

- variable speed: 250 to 1200 rpm - 2 mm shaking orbit for effective mixing - temperature range: amb. + 5 to 60°C - timed operation: 1 min to 100 hours - for 2 standard 96- or 384-well plates (max. 14 mm hight) - low voltage supply for safe, cold-room operation - ambient operating range: 4°C to 45°C

Grant

Type

PK

Cat. No.

PHMP

1

9.721 033

E & OE.

779

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Block thermostats 1

1 Mixer MixMate速 Compact and amazingly versatile, benchtop MixMate can be used for virtually any mixing application. The ideal combination between parameters such as speed, type of mixing movement (e.g. orbital) and the mixing radius guarantees quick and complete mixing of even the smallest volumes. MixMate accommodates micro test tubes, PCR plates, deep-well plates and MTPs. It features an integrated vortexing function and an operating concept that is as simple as it is intelligent.

eppendorf

Applications - Mixing PCR preparations - Mixing restriction preparations - Resuspending pellets (e.g., bacteria, DNA, cell culture pellets) - Mixing during incubation steps - Incubation (e.g., ELISA assays) - Quantification of proteins using colorimetric dyes (e.g., Bradford, Lowry, BCA) - Reporter gene assays (e.g., 硫-galactosidase, luciferase assay) - Vortexing numerous tube formats Product features - 2-dimensional mix Control - Optimized mixing - Anti-spill technology guarantees mixing without any spillage or lid wetting - 3-in-1 format allows great flexibility - Preprogrammed soft keys - Reliable universal holder - Automatic imbalance detection,a common feature in centrifuges - Digital display - Extremely quiet operation (<50 dB(A)) - Integrated vortex function

Specifications Mixing frequency: Touch vortexing frequency: Adjustable mixing time: Mixing and vortexing radius: Noise level: Power supply: Dimensions (WxDxH): Weight:

300 to 3000 rpm (in 50 rpm increments) 3500 rpm 15 s to 99.5 h; continuous 1.5 mm (3 mm mixing stroke) < 50 dB(A) 230V 50/60 Hz, 40 W 170 x 230 x 130 mm 4.2 kg

Description MixMate速, incl. 3 tube holders: PCR 96; 0.5 ml; 1.5/2.0 ml

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.776 660

Accessories for mixer MixMate速 eppendorf Description

PK

Cat. No.

Tube holder PCR 96, for 96 x 0.2ml PCR tubes, PCR strps, 96 well PCR plates, semi-skirted or non-skirted

1

9.776 661

Tube holder 0.5ml, for 24 x 0.5ml tubes Tube holder 1.5/2.0ml, for 24 x 1.5ml or 2.0ml tubes

1 1

9.776 662 9.776 663

780

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Temperature controllers, thermostats 1 Temperature controllers, Tempat®-D

1

For controlling temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, infrared radiators and water baths. Tempat®-D has a 10mm high, LED display which can even be seen in dark rooms and allows monitoring of actual temperature at any time. Set point can be entered via a 3 or 4 figure coding switch with 1°C resolution. Built-in sensor breakdown fuse, switching interval display and Xp trimmer to adjust variable gain amplification between 0 and 10K. Sensor connection is via a plug-in socket.

Appropriate temperature sensor can be supplied.

If no temperature sensor is ordered, a loose plug is supplied.

Specifications Input Switching capacity Connection, appliance

230V 50/60 Hz 2000W, 10 A 1.20m long connection cable with impact resistant plug and earthed schuko socket, other plug-in connections in accordance with Swiss or French/Belgian standards, for example can be supplied at additional cost.

Grey, glass fibre reinforced plastic 188 x 110 x 70 mm via dipole luminous rocker switch via socket Pt100 x 1 and 2 x thermocouple 1+3 ±1 % from measuring range value

Housing Dimensions: On/off switch Sensor connection Contact load Accuracy Type

Description

PK

Cat. No.

Pt100 Fe-CuNi NiCr-Ni

0 to 400°C 0 to 600°C 0 to 1200°C

1 1 1

9.725 381 9.725 382 9.725 383

2 Temperature controllers, Tempat®-DSI

2

Safety temperature controllers for regulating the temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, infrared radiators and water baths. with 7 mm high LED display. A coding switch is provided for entering set points. For optimum safety: Irreversible safety contact breaker with secondary sensor input and dipole switch-off in the event of overtemperature or sensor malfunction. Visual and audible alarms. Critical temperature values are set using potentiometer and controlled via the display.

Voltage: Switching capacity: Switching current: Measuring accuracy: Dimensions: Weight:

220-235V 50/60 Hz max. 2.3 kW max. 10 A ±1% 188 x 110 x 70 mm 1.1 kg

Type

Description

PK

Cat. No.

Pt100 Fe-CuNi NiCr-Ni

0 to 400°C 0 to 600°C 0 to 1200°C

1 1 1

9.725 365 9.725 366 9.725 367

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.725 378 9.725 394 9.725 395

Sensors for temperature controllers, Tempat® Type

Dia. mm 2.5 1.5 1.5

Sensor Pt 100 Sensor Fe-CuNi Sensor NiCr-Ni

Length mm 250 250 250

3 Triac mains voltage regulator, MES2000

3

MES 2000.

Electronic alternating current adjuster for easy control of resistance power equipment such as hotplates, soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators, universal motor speed regulators, stirrers etc. With high rating fuse, 2 pin on/off luminous rocker switch and shielded, fused Schuko socket.

Adjustment 10 to 230 V, fitted with an interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard.

Type

Power W

MES2000

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.724 952

781

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Temperature controllers, thermostats 1

1 Power controller, MES 2000 PSI An alternating current safety controller for variable and no-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes, soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc.

Potentiometer scale adjustment and electronic triac switch monitoring. Controller switches irreversibly to dipole in the event of triac switch malfunction and visual and audible alarms operate immediately. This ensures optimum safety.

Voltage Switching capacity Switching current Electronics Regulating range Anti-interference Dimensions: Weight

220-235V 50/60 Hz Max. 2300 VA Max. 10 A Phase controls 10 to 235 V a.c.

Grade N 188 x 110 x 70 mm 1.2 kg

Type MES 2000 PSI

2

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.725 364

2 Power controller, Voltron-Plus Alternating current controller for variable and no-loss control of resistive and inductive power devices with the following additional features: - On/off luminous rocker switch, dipole switching, 10 A (4) - IC controlled, hysteresis free - Quiet running - Anti-interference grade N - Fast-blow fuse - Protected fuse holder - Power-on indicator lamp Voltage Switching capacity Switching current Electronics Regulating range Dimensions: Weight

220-235 V a.c. 50/60 Hz Max. 2000 VA Max. 10 A Phase controls 0 to 235V a.c.

150 x 80 x 55 mm 0.7 kg

Type Voltron-Plus

3

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.725 363

3 Power controller, Voltron 20 Alternating current resistance controller with interference suppressor for variable, no-power-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes, soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc., control range 25 to 225 V. With single throw on/off potentiometer and shielded fuse holder for safe fuse replacement away from the internal circuit. Fitted with interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard.

Type

Power W 2000

Voltron 20

4

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.725 094

4 Temperature regulator KM-RX1000 series Electronic temperature controller with digital display, with integral support clamp, switching power at 230V: 2300W, sensors KM series (NiCr-Ni, Pt100) can be used. Temperature range up to 1200째C.

782

Type

Connection

KM-RX 1001 KM-RX 1004

socket clamp

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1

7.619 815 9.642 654

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Temperature controllers, thermostats 1

2

3

1 Temperature controller KM-RX1000 series, accessory sensors KM series With fixed connecting cable.

Type

Description

For

KM-TNF KM-TNS KM-TP2 KM-TP2

Thermocouple flat sensor Thermocouple rod sensor Sheathed element sensor Sheathed element sensor

KM-RX1004 KM-RX1004 KM-RX1004 KM-RX1001

Measuring range °C 0 to 400 0 to 1200 0 to 500 0 to 500

Connection

with diode plug with diode plug with diode plug without diode plug

PK

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 7.619

670 671 672 816

Further accessory sensors available on request.

2 3 Laboratory temperature regulator For monitoring and control of electronic heating equipment, such as heating mantles, heating baths, heating mats, water baths, oil baths etc. Fitted with state of the art control electronics.

JULABO

- Multi-Display: separate (LED) temperature displays for set and actual values, and for high and low temperature warning and safety functions - Splashproof, membrane keypad which is easy to use - Display resolution 0.1°C - Adjustable control parameters - PID control - Connections for control and safety sensors - Max. switching capacity: 2 kW Additional features of model LC4-F: - Display resolution 0.01°C - Adaptive PID control for enhanced requirements - Analogue programmer input, printer output ... and even more features with the LC6 programme controller: - ICC = Intelligent Cascade Control; adjustable classic PID control - Additional LCD function display for user-friendly operation - Integral programmer (6 profiles with 60 segments) - Connections for 2 control and 1 safety sensors - Max. switching capacity: 3 kW.

Type

LC4 LC4-F LC6

Temp. range

Stability Connection

°C -50 to 350 -50 to 350 -100 to 400

K > ± 0.05 1 x Pt100 > ± 0.03 1 x Pt100 > ± 0.03 2 x Pt100

Serial interface RS232 RS232 RS232 / 485

E & OE.

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.724 984 9.724 985 9.724 986

783

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubation hoods 1

1 Heating mantles, uncased, KM-G series SAF For round bottomed flasks. Max. provides heating temperatures up to 450째C. For 230V a.c. supplies. Mantles from 500ml upwards have a 60mm diameter base aperture. With heating zone switch and power protection switch.

Capacity ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 10000 20000

Flask dia.

Rating

PK

mm 41 51 64 85 105 131 166 185 207 223 236 279 345

W 65 75 120 180 250 450 600 800 900 1200 1400 2000 2200

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413

* Special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request.

2

2 Heating mantles KM-GH series SAF

For flasks, round bottom, max. heating element temperatures up to 900째C, 230V a.c. With heating zone switch and power protection switch.

Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000 6000

3

Flask dia.

Rating

PK

mm 64 85 105 131 166 207 236

W 200 300 500 750 1200 1800 2500

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

3 Magnetic stirrers, MR series SAF

For use in conjunction with standard heating mantles from 500ml to 4000ml. With 60 mm diameter stirring dome to fit aperture in base of mantle. Range: Up to 1600rpm.

With heating plates and connection for contact thermometer.

Type KM-MR 3000

4

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.642 301

4 Support rings, KM-TR series, for heating mantles SAF

Heating mantles are fitted onto four hook attachments in the support ring.

For mantle

PK

ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000

784

440 441 442 443 444 445 446

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubation hoods 1 Tripods, KM-DF series, for heating mantles

1

To enhance heating mantle stability.

SAF

For mantle

PK

ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 10000 20000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610

2 Clamp KM-SK

2 SAF

For heating mantles and heating units.

Clamp to fix support rods to the metal-cased heating mantles.

Type KM-SK

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.642 630

3 Energy regulator, KM-L116

3

Electromechanical controller for controlling heating mantles. 230 V, 15 A, max. load 3450 W.

SAF

Type KM-L116

PK

Cat. No.

1

9.642 660

4 Heating mantles, KM-M series

4

With built-in heating zone switch in an acid-proof, plastic housing. Flexible heating element SAF for use with round bottomed flasks up to 3 litres. Provide heating temperatures up to max.

450째C, with 2 heating zones. For 230V a.c.supplies. Please order support clamp separately. With power protection switch.

Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 10000 20000

Flask dia.

Rating

PK

mm 51 64 85 105 131 166 185 207 223 236 279 345

W 55 100 150 200 300 500 600 750 860 1000 1400 2000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511

785

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubation hoods 1

1 Heating mantles, cased, KM-ME series as KM-M, but with integral power controller. Support clamp availlable on request.

Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 10000 20000

SAF

Flask dia.

Rating

PK

mm 51 64 85 105 131 166 185 207 223 236 279 345

W 55 100 150 200 300 500 600 750 860 1000 1400 2000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531

* Serial heating units and special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request.

2

2 Heating mantles, cased, KM-MPE series As KM-ME but for universal use with different flask sizes. 3 different heating zones. Support clamp, please order separately.

Capacity ml 50 to 250 250 to 1000 1000 to 3000

3

Flask dia. mm 51 to 85 85 to 131 131 to 185

Rating W 160 350 700

SAF

PK

Cat. No.

1 1 1

9.642 540 9.642 541 9.642 542

3 Heating mantles, EM series Range up to 450째C. With PP outer case which is chemical-resistant and resilient. Highly Electrothermal efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external casing temperatures. Flexible heating element is suspended in a thermal insulating cartridge to provide maximum heat transfer with minimum risk of flask breakage. All heating mantles are internally fused and have support clamp for rods up to 12 mm diameter. With earth (ground) screen and energy regulator control. For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies. Spare heater cartridges are available on request.

For flasks ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000

4

Width

Depth

Height

Power

PK

mm 175 175 238 238 350 350 350

mm 260 260 310 310 400 400 400

mm 127 127 145 145 190 190 190

W 60 150 200 300 500 500 800

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643

033 034 035 036 037 038 039

4 Heating mantles, EMX series Up to 450째C. Electrothermal Spillproof. Replaceable heating element is protected against moisture penetration by a stainless steel liner and is easy to clean. PP outer case. Heating mantles are suitable for heating a variety of glass containers, such as round bottomed flasks and 60째 funnels. Highly efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external temperatures. With support rod clamp and base outlet, safety earth (ground) screen and time proportional, arbitrarily scaled controller.

For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies.

For flasks ml 50 to 1000 500 to 5000

786

Width

Depth

Height

Power

PK

Cat. No.

mm 310 400

mm 238 325

mm 150 195

W 150+80 400+200

1 1

9.643 081 9.643 083

E & OE.

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Incubation hoods-Heating tapes 1 Multimantles, EMV series

1

Up to 450째C. Electrothermal For flasks and funnels. With flexible heating elements and internal fuse. With support rod clamp for 12.5 mm diameter rods, or for attaching mantle to support. With base outlet, earth (ground) screen and solid state controller.

For 220-240V 50/60 Hz supplies.

For flasks ml 10 to 50 100 to 250 500 to 1000 1000 to 5000 *

50 75 100 200

-

For funnel dia. mm 100 100 200 300

Dimensions (W x D x H) mm 175 x 175 x 238 x 350 x

260 260 310 400

x x x x

127 127 145 190

Power

PK

W 60 60 100 800

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643

072 073 074 075

* With 2 circuits, 1 x 300, 1 x 500 W.

2 Stirrer mantles, EMA series

2

Up to 450째C. Electrothermal PP outer case. Time proportional heater control via built-in, solid state controller and adjustable magnetic stirrer in one instrument. Flexible heating element. The stirrer unit has an independent power supply. Stepless speed control up to approx. 520 rpm. with auto-reverse facility. Automatic stirrer bar trap. With support clamp for rods up to 12.5 mm diameter and earth (ground) screen. For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz. For flasks ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643 9.643

122 123 124 125 126 127

3 Heating units, KM-R6 series

3

Plastic coated housing with six heating positions. Each heating position is separately controlled. Support clamp availlable on request.

Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000

Flask dia.

Rating

PK

mm 64 85 105 131

W 110 220 330 495

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

570 571 572 573

Size and rating specifications are valid for each heating position.

4 Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HT-BS30 series

4

Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering. Max. surface temperature 450째C. With 1 metre long mains connection cable for permanent connection. Power loading approximately 250 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 30 x 5 mm.

Length cm 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 700 1000

Heating capacity W 125 250 375 500 625 750 1000 1250 1500 2000

SAF

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729

787

7. Heating and cooling technology

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11

Heating/Heating tapes 1 Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HC-G series

1

Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering. Max. surface temperature 450°C. With 2 x 1.5 metre long mains connection cable for permanent connection. Power loading approximately 150 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 3.5 to 4.5 mm dia.

Length cm 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600

Heating capacity W 75 150 225 300 375 450 600 750 900

PK

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9.642 401

9.642 440

9.642 540

We can supply this

manufactorerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s whole product range !

788

SAF

E & OE.

Cat. No.

9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642 9.642

750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758